ML20138A322
| ML20138A322 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Peach Bottom  |
| Issue date: | 02/28/1986 |
| From: | PECO ENERGY CO., (FORMERLY PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20138A304 | List: |
| References | |
| NUDOCS 8603140195 | |
| Download: ML20138A322 (422) | |
Text
.,.,
9
- O
. i e
Philadelphia Electric Company's ;
3 Peach Bottom Atomic-Power Station Control Room Design Review Final Report ,
p J
I b v I
i I
1 February 28, 1986
.O 8603140195 860226 PDR ADOCK 05000277
- P PDR
3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page INTRODUCTION
~
l 1 METHODOLOGY 3 Overview 3 1.1 1.2 BWROG Human Factors Design Review Summary 3 1.3 Peach Bottom Supplemental Review / Assessment and Implementation Phase 5 1.4 Management and Staffing 6 1.5 CRDR Documentation 7 1.5.1 Input Data 8 1.5.2 Output Data 9 1.6 Review Phase 10 1.6.1 Supplemental Control Room Survey 10 1.6.2 Human Engineering Suitability 11 1.6.3 Licensee Event ~ Report Review 13 1.7 HED Assessment Phase 14 Enhancements 14
) 1.7.1 1.7.2 Review / Approve Panel Design 16 1.7.3 HED Significance / Priority 17 1.7.4 HED Resolutions 23 1.7.5 Class Improvement Design 27 1.7.6 Individual Improvement Design 27 1.7.7 HED Verification 28 1.8 Task Analysis and verification Tasks 30 1.9 Validation 36 1.9.1 Preparation 36 1.9.2 Walkthroughs/Talkthroughs 38 1.9.3 Documentation 43 2 GENERAL FINDINGS 44 2.1 Control Room Workspace 44 2.2 Control Panel Arrangements 48 2.3 Annunciators 49 2.4 Controls 53 2.5 Displays 53 2.6 Labels 54 2.7 Process Computer 54 2.8 Communications 55 2.9 Panel / Work Station Findings 55 2.9.1 Condensate, Feed, Turbine Console and Back Panel 55 i
l.*
u TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 2.9.2 Reactor Control Console and Back Panel 56 2.9.3 Recirculation, Reactor Cleanup and Plant Services and Back Panels 57 2.9.4 Electrical Panels 58 2.9.5 Emergency Core Cooling Systems 58 2.9.6 Containment Atmosphere 59 2.9.7 Off Gas 59 2.9.8 Remote Shutdown Panel 60 2.9.9 Procedures 60 2.9.10 NRC Human Engineering Discrepancies 60 3 IMPLEMENTATION 63 3 .1- -
Overall Approach.to Panel Design .63 3.2 Component Improvements 65
'~) '
3.2.1 Class Improvements 66 66
.- 3.2.1.1 Annunciator Arrangement 3.2.1.2 Annunciator Alarm Sequence 66 3.2.1.3 Controls 68 3.2.1.4 Displays 69 3.2.2 Individual Improvements 70 Appendices A HEDs B BWROG Summary Report C Enhancement Criteria D HED Significance Process E Task Analysis Team Brief F Key to Task Analysis Worksheet G Task Analysis Guidelines H Validation Data Collection Forms 0
O List of Illustrations Figure Title Page
' ~
1-l'~ ~ ~' ' Peach ~ Bottom CRDR Process 4 l-2 HED Assessment Form 12 1-3 HED Significance List 18
~
1-4 Determinatio'n of Safety Significance of a HED 21 1-5 HED Verification Checklist 29 1-6 Task Analysis and Verification Data Sheet 31 1-7 operator Activity Sheet 41 2-1 Control Room Layout 45,46 O
Tables 1-1 HED Priority Categories 22 1-2 HED Resolution Codes 26 1-3 TRIP Procedures Analyzed 37 1-4 T-200 Series Procedure 38 2-1 Annunciator Alarm, Acknowledge, Reset Sequence 51 O
111
O cJ EXECUTIVE
SUMMARY
The Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) was conducted on the Peach Bottom plant in two phases: the first phase completed by the BWROG was reported in February 1982; the second phase is covered by this report.
This second phase, based upon the work done in the first phase, updated and amplified surveys, performed a task analysis and validation of emergency (TRIP) procedures, assessed and prioritized all discrepancies, developed corrections as appropriate,-and establishes implementing schedules.
While the original control room design was suitable in many aspects, changes resulting from this DCRDR represent a signifi-cant upgrade of the control room operability. A full scale mockup has been used to integrate the design of improvements, and it features an extensive design for enhancements and hierarchal labeling. The new design relabels most controls and instruments on the panels throughout the control room. Within this coordi-nated design, some instruments have been relocated to better relate them to functional grouping, some instruments and alarms have been added or modified, and some have been removed. The new design has been implemented in the control room for the Unit 2 Off-Gas and Recombiner Panel as part of a modification to that system.
There were 262 Human Engineering Discrepancies (some with multiple resolutions and priorities) identified. Each HED was assigned a priority with respect to safety using a significance scale of 1 to 6, indicating the overall likelihood of the HED
~
! causing' operator error. The HED Priority Categories and numbers of HEDs assigned to each follow. ,
~
Priority Number of Assigned HEDs 1 High Safety Significance le 2 Low Safety Significance 44 I 3 Operational Reliability 26 i 4 No Significant Improvement 9h 1
5 Previously Corrected
) 52 l 6 Not a Discrepancy 39 I
i The schedule for correction of HEDs was a direct result of the i
assign'ed that HED.
Q Schedules have been identifiedb,for priority l
s ,
high priority improvements. Priority 1 pertains to HEDs that i
should he corrected as soon as possible. These HEDs are to be corrected during the 1st or 2nd refuel outage. Priority 2 l
i pertains to HEDs scheduled for correction in the near future.
Priority 3 and 4 HEDs have either no safety. significance or would not result in significant improvement. Thus, those HEDs were given no definitive schedule for implementation. Priority 5 and 6 HEDs have been resolved, or did not constitute a discrepancy,
() and as a result needed no schedule for implementation.
V
INTRODUCTION !
This document is Philadelphia Electric Company's (PECo) Detailed l l
Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) Report for the Peach Bottom j t
Atomic Power _ Station.- In October, _1983, PECo submitted _to the. .
. Nuclear . Regulatory Commission the Detailed Control Room Design Review Program Plan for Philadelphia. Electric Compa'ny 's Peach l Bottom ~ Plant. That plan described control room design review efforts that had formally commenced with the General Electric j Boiling Water Reactor Owner's Group (BWROG)' review. The Summary ;
Report of that survey, dated February 1982, is included as Appendix B of this report. Incorporating those results and f guidelines from NUREG 9799, the Program Plan discussed a schedule l
' I and methodology from which the subsequent review efforts were to proceed.
i This report documents the results of the review effort and c istd bo'f three major sections: Methodology, General Findings, and Implementation. The Methodology section includes these
~
subsections.
e BWROG Human Factors Design Review Summary. This summary provides a synopsis of owner's Group survey efforts and identifies items to be included in the supplementary review.
r e Peach Bottom Supplemental Review / Assessment and Implemen-tation Phase. This subsection provides a synopsis and status of survey efforts subsequent to the Owner's Group Survey.
e Management and Staffing. Discussed in this subsection en are any. modifications in utility support members that .
have occurred since submittal of the Program Plan.
O~
e Documentation. Included here are changes that have occurred since Program Plan submittal.
e Review Phase. This subsection provides a synopsis of the procedures and methodology used in the design review effort.
Section 2, General Findings, defines and discusses major categories. An overview discussion provides a perspective of the
~
types of discrepancies identified.
Section 3, Implementation, discusses any modifications to the control room for improvement of the man-machine interface. Such modifications are the results of the review team's assessment of all Human Engineer-ing Discrepancies (HEDs) (Appendix A). - - - - -
e 0
V k
+
Section 1 METHODOLOGY 1.1 OVERVIEW The' DCRDR was partially addressed by the BWROG's Control Room Survey (CRS) completed in October 1981. That program dealt only with the planning and review phases of the CRDR. The balance of the CRDR was concluded by means of a Supplemental Control Room survey (SCRS), which verified items from the CRS, and addressed the assessment and implementation phase of the CRDR. The supplemental survey incorporated the BWROG data and any items not included in that data. All phases of the surveys are discussed below and are illustrated in Figure 1-1. More detailed information relative to the BWROG survey is contained in the Program Plan Report of October 1983. In addition, Appendix B contains the BWROG Summary Report.
1.2 BWROG HUMAN FACTORS DESIGN REVIEW
SUMMARY
This review was performed by operations and engineering personnel from four utilities, human factors consultants, and represen-tatives of General Electric. Efforts of this review, included:
e BWROG CRS - A panel by panel evaluation of the Peach Bottom control room by operations, engineering, and human factor personnel, addressing only the CRDR planning and review phases, and the assessment of procedural HEDs; the balance of the HED assessment, implementation, and reporting phases remained for completion in the supple-mental review.
u p
l l
l l
l n.
Lp SWROO HEDS 1
SUPPLEWENT AL TOP DOWN SUPPLEMENT AL SURVEY I.. . AW ALVgig SEPERIENCE REVIEW e-i
- I . MtD ASSESSMENT ,
1 PORMS
- ~
l ASSIONMEN, 8 OF HEADS I i i I I CLASS l ENHANCEMENTS ON DIVIDU AL i +
S10NIFIC A N CEf M P SRitP Sl0NIFIC ANCtt P RIO RIT Y I PRIORITV 3 l 4 I
w/ ,
CRIT E RI A
%< 3r 't ne CLASS ON DIVjDU A L 4WPROVEMENT I PANEL DESION AN0 lWPROVEMENT i IMPROVEMENT DESIGN D E G10 N h
E REVltwf APPROVE 7 gy,"n"0VE WOC KUP I
I TASN ANALYS16 I l
~~~~~~
VERIP Afl0N g
+
1 V ALID ATION g . ._J W ALRTNROUGH g
& I I
NED I V E RIFIC ATION H = = = = = ~3 AND SCNEDULE Figure 1-1. Peach Bottom CRDR Process n
a 4
x e BWROG Operator Experience Review - The survey team interviewed eight operators of varying experience levels using questionnaires developed by the BWROG and follow-up interviews. LERs and scram reports for the two years preceding the survey were also reviewed.
e BWROG Task Analysis - Task analyses and walkthroughs of energency operating procedures were performed and evaluated against the Emergency Procedure Guidelines developed by the BWROG.
- BWROG Supplemental Survey -Items previously reviewed ,by the CRS were verified by the Owner's Group Supplemental Survey. Also included in this supplemental survey was a review of the Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS).
1.3 PEACH BOTTOM SUPPLEMENTAL REVIEW / ASSESSMENT AND IMPLEMEN-TATION PHASE Those activities listed below were undertaken and completed after i
submittal of the Peach Bottom Program Plan report.
e Analysis of human engineering discrepancies (HEDs) generated in the original BWROG survey.
e Update of CRS using BWROG checklists.
e Generation and documentation of HEDs using the BWROG supplemental survey.
- Performance of human engineering suitability analysis, o Performance of a supplementary experience review LER analysis to update the original review.
o Assessment of significance and prioritization of HEDs relative to safety significance, e Construction of full-scale, Unit 2 and common plant specific mockup, and design and implementation of panel enhancements on mockup.
e Development of resolutions for HEDs.
N_
5
.. - -. . . -- --- - . . - . - . . ~ . .. - - - - . - _ _
t l e Performance of a verification of resolved HEDs to ensure e
L , they adequately addressed the discrepancy and that they i
! did not create another HED. )
l e Performance of a Task Analysis and Verification of tasks. l l -
i j e Performance of a Final Validation walkthrough of
,- - . _ _ . .. emergency operation procedures. _
t
! I
! i 1.4 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING
{
The Program Plan discussed the multi-disciplined review teams ,
employed -in the BWROG's survey and the subsequent supplemental review. In general, the teams functioned as presented in the j l Program Plan. !
l l i :
l
.. The core CRDP. team consisted of the. following people 8 -- -
l M. Leahy *- Project Engineer (until July 29, 1985) {
l IC Systems Engineer !
(after July 29, 1985) i T. Cabrey
- Nuclear and IC Systems Engineer (until July 29, 1985)
, Project and Nuclear Engineer .
(July 29,1985 and following)
R. Bets Former Senior Reactor Operator (16 years),
Electrical Supervisor ,
B. Stambaugh Reactor Operator (8 years) :
G. Gelrich Shift Technical Advisor R. Chidley -
Lead Human Factors Consultant f
l A. Macris Human Factors Consultant R. Morrison Human Factors Consultant i B. Clark Senior Reactor Operator, Senior f Engineer, Special Projects ;
l Nuclear l *Both were members 'of the team throughout the entire review (DCRDR) and both were members of the Limerick DCRDR. t i
All of the above were extensively involved in team deliberations and review of solution designs. Othat engineering personnel were consulted, as required, in relation to analyzing and resolving HEDs. _
The team met to develop criteria and establish procedures, to review each phase of the supplementary review, and to design proposed solutions. Leadership and guidance were provided by human factors consultants.
l Possible solutions to HEDs were proposed by the human factors consultants. The team reviewed the possible solutions,
"~ ~~ ~
' cons'idered o t'h'e r' 'so l'u t i o n s , ~ an'd assigned foiiow'-up act5on where llh necessary. S pecific investigations of HEDs were performed by individual team members or groups of team members. All work was presented to the appropriate team members for discussion, review, ;
revisions, and final approval. All team members had the right to formally register a dissenting opinion. ,
1.5 CRDR DOCUMENTATION A significant number of reference documents were required to conduct the CRDR. For the purpose of consit 1ncy with NUREG 9799, those reference documents are referred to as Input Data.
t O
7
i G
During the course of the total review process, documentation of findings, analysis, and results were developed. This documentation is referred to as output Data. Both Input and Output Data are discussed below.
1.5.1 Input Data ,
The Peach Bottom CRDR utilized the latest revision of the below listed materials as they existed since August 1983 until October 1985.
e System descriptions e Piping and instrumentation drawings o Control room floor plans
-) e Panel arrangement drawings e Panel mockup e Lists of acronyms and abbreviations used in the control room o Plant design guide providing limited descriptions of coding conventions e Operator training materials e NUREG 0700 ,
e BWROG CRDR Program Methodology e BWROG lluman Factors Engineering Control Room Survey e BWROG lluman Factors Engineering Control Room Survey Supplement o
-l
r l
l i
l 1.5.2 Output Data '
i l
output data is primarily comprised of the documentation generated l as a result of the review process. The data forms are discussed l in Section 1.6 with sample forms included therein.
i o Human Engineering Discrepancy (HED) Assessment Form -
Figure 1-2 (form) and Appendix A (completed forms) .
e HED Significance Lists - Figure 1-3.
e Determination of Safety Significance of a HED-Figure 1-4.
e HED Verification Checklist- Figure 1-5.
l e Task Anal'ysis and Verification data sheets - Figure 1-6 i e Final Validation Walkthrough Operator Activity Sheet-Figure 1-7. ;
l l
i 1
1 l !
t j
1 l
b l
r.
1
[
l' l.6 REVIEW PHASE
.This section . describes the procedural process used in the supplemental control room review and subsequent assessment and implementation phases of the program. This information is t .
-provided in. sections-as follows: - ~
e supplemental control room survoy ,
l e Human engineering suitability verification e operator experience review e Control Room function validation 1.i.1 Supplemental Control Room Survey A supplemental CRS was done using checklists developed -by -the -
BWROG in order to verify and update the existing survey data
{ generated during the initial CR8. The BWROG designed the 1
i checklists to incorporate criteria included in NUREG 9799.
l The survey process is outlined belows ,
9 Panels which had undergone design changes since the initial survey were reviewed using the original SWROG checklist to determine if the changes affected any of the initial HED results or checklist criteria.
e All panels were evaluated using the BWROG Supplemental
! Checklists.
The HEDs from the original BWROC Control Room Survey were documented as a report that listed HEDs in an abbreviated format.
In many cases, the exact nature of the discrepancy was not clear without further investigation. Therefore, it was necessary to elaborate on the nature of the discrepancy and to put each in a l format that would allow further processing and analysis.
(
L l
__N:L_______
-- ~
O Therefore, each BWROG discrepancy was converted to a HED Assessment Form as shown in Figure 1-2. This form was used to the BWROG assign specific HED numbers (cross-referenced to criteria used and the source, and to report), identify the specific discrepancy. Discrepancies further expand on the Supplemental Surveys and Supplemental discovered during Reviews were recorded directly on the HED Assessment Experience complete accounting of all discrepancies was thereby forms. A j compiled in the HED Assessment format. The form also served to organize the overall process of assessment and 1
resolution of i
j HEDs. ,
^] 1.6.2 Human Engineering Suitability v engineering suitability of the l
A thorough analysis of human l
control room panels was performed as an independent review by 1
human factors personnel, experienced in nuclear operations, and who have conducted previous DCRDRs. A top down analysis was ,
conducted for all panels, examining functional and spatial arrangement both within each panel and between panels. A panel-by-panel analysis was conducted on panel arrangement drawings by identifying instruments by functional groups, and blocking in the 1
l groups using arbitrary color codes so that grouped relationships could be clearly understood. Where the groups were difficult to relate, or were spread out and intermixed, additional analyses were performed to show' functional flow among controls and f'T indicators. In the process of performing these analyses, it was J
necessary to consult piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&ID),
- - - - - - - - - _ - - - - nrt
PEACII BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
. HED No.
EP = /PRI Code TITLE!
COMMENT!
9 Items Ref. Source!
IDENTIFICATION Panel Component Namot ID or Number!
DESCRIPTION!
O MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS!
O2- ,.
r,.
RESOLUTION! (Schedt )
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
- PROCEDURE REQU1REMENTS1 Team Approval Signaturet Datet
( ) Additional page (n) attached h
Figuro 1-2. IIED Assessment Form 12
t l
and in many cases, schematic diagrams were used to understand l
the purpose of installed controls and indicators.
This analysis process provided the ideal vehicle for clarifying many of the BWROG discrepancies. This information was used to further identify, and in some cases expand on, the initial identification of the discrepancy. The analysis served to place the discrepancies in context and allowed a better understanding of the inter-relational problems that existed on the panels. In addition, analysis revealed other discrepancies. Items that were identified in the top down analysis as not conforming to general human suitability guidelines were recorded on HED assessment forms.
n Q
l 1.6.3 Licensee Event Report Review i +
Plant specific LER data generated since the BWROG review of the i
Peach Bottom plant were reviewed. Emphasis was placed on LERs j
$ISultigg- from plant procedural / operational deficiencies such as
! violation of plant technical specifications; inadequacies in operator training; and inadequate or improper instrumentation, l
l such as a missing display or alarm. Problems identified were i recorded and assessed as HEDs.
l l
i I
l l
l l
_ _ _ ______ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ ___ _______ ___. - __ _nn _ _ _ ._ _ _ _ _ _ _
1.7 HED Assessment Phase All HEDs were initially sort 6d into three categoriest e Enhancements - those that could be resolved by enhancements (paint, tape, and label).
e Class - those that form a class of problems that could be part of a common resolution.
o Individual - those that must be considered individually because of their unique nature.
Enhancement design was commenced as the first step of the assessment phase. The human factors consultants briefed the CRDR team on the human factors approach and methodology. As part of this sesaion, the team discussed specific examples as they related to the Peach Bottom plant.
O The first step in the entire correction process was to have the team define the criteria for the enhancement design of the control room. This criteria was developed interactively with the team, and was agreed to by the entire team. The attached summary of criteria (Appendix C), while labeled Enhancement Criteria
' because it was first discussed with the team in relation to commencing the enhancement effort, represented the basis for the entire correction effort for Class and Individual HEDs as well as Enhancements.
1.7.1 Enhancements The enhancement design of the control room proceeded directly from the Top-Down Analysis (see Figure 1-1). Because the
() enhancement effort commenced first, and consisted of a major revision to appearance of the control room, it set the context in 14
i i
9 which all other changes in response to HED Assessments would be j made, l i Based upon the enhancement criteria, a proposed sample panel i enhancement was developed and reviewed by the team. It was based upon the human factors criteria provided by the NUREG 9799 and i included an in-depth analysis of the purpose of each , control and l indication on the panel as well as the system configuration.
I Also, proposed terminology to be used on the control room panels was submitted for review. After a full team review of the
- proposed enhancements, an enhancement methodology was f established. All panel enhancements and new label twrminology l
~~ ~
was ' reviewed by the' team'and by additional operating personnel.
Revisions were made as directed by the team, and the resulting enhancements were placed on the full scale mockup.
l The initial panel enhancement design consisted of not only enhancements, but suggested physical changes that involved moving controls and indicators as necessary to better group functions and allow the addition of more effective mimics. All suggested changes were documented as HEDs. The enhancement design also included a complete revision of all panel labels, including hierarchal labeling to reduce wording and use of a consistent set of terminology. The terminology was prepared f rom a list of f standard names and abbreviations developed' during the Limerick plant DCRDR, and was modified to include additional terms and revisions as appropriate for Peach Bottom. The new terminology list was prepared as a manual entitled " Nomenclature for Control Room," and kept updated through the enhancement design oftort.
M _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _
m l
[' Extensive use was made of availabAw reference data such as original panel prints, label data, and P& ids. This data was augmented by a photo mosaic prepared to support analysis and preparation of the full scale mockup. In addition to available data, it was necessary to visit the, control room to make additional lists of instrument identification and nomenclature.
1 The CRDR team reviewed the, initial control room enhancement i design in great detail. Each control and indication label was l
reviewed, as were the groupings and relationships. Colors were assigned by general systems and were used to help relate functions on the panels. Colors were used only as aids, in
! addition to hierarchal labeling and mimics, and do not require n,
) the operator to memorize color codes. The team made on-the-spot revisions, and talked through the conventions used in order to establish the methods to be used for all panels. To facilitate review and acceptance at all levels of Philadelphia Electric Compa ny, the enhancement design for the initial panels was implemented on a full scale mockup for review by higher management. Upon approval of the design approach, color drawings were then prepared for all pertinent control room panels and the Remote Shutdown Panel.
1.7.2 Review / Approve Panel Design Panel designs were submitted to the team during regular review sessions. The drawings were reviewed in great detail and marked
<~) up with the team decisions. Recommended location changes were
~
considered at this time and if approved (per enhancement drawing) documented on HED Assessment Forms.
_-____.--_-_--_.----_--_-_-_A
O The marked drawings were then used to implement enhancements on the full scale mockup. The purpose of a mockup was to try proposed designs and arrangements before implemontation in the control room. Therefore, the enhancement and arrangements were subjected to continual review on the mockup throughout the l remainder of the CRDR. Frequent changes were made as a result of l
l the HED assessment process.
i 1.7.3 HED Significance / Priority The team then met to determine the significance of the HEDs, and to assign a priority-with respect to safety. The methodology
- described in the draft NUREG 9801 (Oct 1981), Section 4.2 was .
U
- followed. Exhibits 4-1 and 4-2,in that document were reorganized l
l for better team understanding, and a description of the process to be used by the team was given to the team prior to the starting process (see Appendix D). The items were discussed among team members, and the procedure explained. A trial uso of the HED significance list was then completed and the process was further discussed until all members understood the methodology.
The HED significance list, shown in Figure 1-3, is a condensation of the explanation provided to the team and was used as a l
reminder list. Each team member had the more detailed list for reference as necessary. The method used was to have each
\_) member review the statement of the HED discrepancy, and then independently review the significance list to identify which j 1
_ nn _. __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ -
HED SIGNIFICANCE HED NO.
() __________
_A . PHYSICAL PERTORMANCE Reduction effectiveness of the operator's body and
- 1. of mind caused by:
- a. Undue fatigue
! (1) Duration of operation (2) Frequency of demands (3) Environmental conditions
- b. Discomfort l
- c. Injury
- 2. Restriction of the operator's ability to performs l
- a. Control suitability .
- b. Availability l
l 5_. SENSORY / PERCEPTUAL PERFORMANCE l
- 1. Reduction in visual sensing:
.a. Visibility of instrument or information
- b. Readability of information
- c. Visual distractions l 2. Impairment of audio reception l
- a. Audibility
.,-s b. Noise level
- l 3. Perception of information received visually or audibly:
a.' Identification of information sought
- b. Understandable information 1
l C. MENTAL PERFORMANCE
- 1. The degree of stress: l
- a. Rapidity of response required
- b. Severity of situation (emergency procedure)
- c. Accuracy of response required -
l
- 2. The tendency to cause confusient
- a. Misleading information or arrangement
- b. Complexity l
l 3. Mental workloads
- a. The degree of information collection requirements
- b. Correlation of information
- c. Mental manipulations
- d. Evaluation and decision I
l 4. Coordination with others in or outside control room
- n. Absence / remote location of information or controls
' b. Delay of feedback information i 81GNIFICANCE RATING: Indicate Highly Possibly Not i tt the overall likelihood of this Likely Lib discrepancy causing operator error. 5 4 3 2 1 Figure 1-3. HED Significance List
~
I factors applied to that discrepancy. Each member presented his own point of view. The team then discussed the items suggested by each member. The reasons for selecting the applicable items from the list were explained and discussed by the team. Much interchange was involved in these discussions. The team recorder completed a list by checking those items that were agreed upon by the team; no items were omitted that any member felt l
l should be included. With this agreement on the human factors involved, the team then discussed and agreed by consensus as to an overall statement of the significance of a HED. This was indicated on a significance scale of 1 to 6, indicating the
- 1. __ overall . likelihood .of the HED causing operator error. This was..
l ewI an agroed upon, subjective estimation by the team of experts.
?O The BWROG developed a prioritization system that was applied during the original control room survey (CRS). The system, called the Evaluation Product (EP), relates to the " relative likelihood that non-compliance with that checklist item could cause or contribute to operator error," multiplied by the degree of compliance with specific criterion:
EP = Potential for error X Degree of compliance.
l The potential for error was determined by a task force of 39 GE and utility engineers, and pre-assigned to each checklist item, rating them 1, 2, or 3. (See BWROG Summary Report enclosed as 1
% Appendix B, section 2.0 page 2-1) This rating is therefore very
( generic in nature because it does not deal with specific circumstances of each HED. In addition, the GE rating for l
_ - _ - - -- _ - - - - - - _ _ _ - AD
" potential of causing an error" did not include any rating with respect to safety. The DCRDR team considered each item in context for its potential for causing an error (HED significance), and then considered the safety implications prior to assigning a priority. The assignment of a priority contained a much more thorough and specific analysis than the EP.
The degree of compliance used in the checklist was a rating of 1 through 4 given by the reviewer during the review of the control room, and did generally represent the specific condition.
However, the generic potential for error multiplier was frequently not appropriate, so that the final EP was of limited help in this review.
b noted when the EP differed from its own estimation of The team the significance level and . discussed the difference. The assigned significance level in all cases considered the EP. At the time the significance level was detormined, the team had a 1
great deal of knowledge of each HED and therefore was qualified to determine the level for that specific discrepancy.
To establish the priority, the team referred to a list of safety related systems and other criteria, again used as a reference list, to consider the safety significance of that HED (see Figure 1-4). Finally, the team considered the definitions of priorities with respect to safety as listed in Table 1-1.
' taken from The first two priorities are safety related and are O Section 4.2.2. of the draft NURG 0801. The Priority 1 definition is a summary of categories IA,B,C, IIA, and III. This category
In determining the safety significance of a HED, the combined judgement of the team is needed in consideration of the specific condition caused. by the HED_or a combination of HEDs. The team members should consider the following:
1
- 1. HEDS that cause errors on systems that directly affect safety such as:
- a. Engineered safety features
- b. Reactor coolant and protection systems
- c. Containment isolation and control systems
- d. Emergency core cooling systems and their support systems
) e. Auxiliary feed systems
- f. Reactor control systems
- g. Off gas isolation systems
- 2. The potential for violation of technical specifications.
- 3. HEDs that are known to have caused errore that will lead to unsafe operation.
- 4. HEDs that could cause the inadvertent activation or de-activation of a safety related system or a system needed to safely shut down the plant.
Figures 1-4. Determination Of Safety Significance Of HED 21
TABLE 1-1. HED PRIORITY CATECORIES e Priority 1 (Hlqh $3fety S i g n i f i ca nee )._
HEDs that are documented or judged likely to adversely affect the management of emergency conditions by the control room operators. This priority includes all HEDs that have high safety significance that could result in
_ _ _ . . . ' ureafe operation,- any that have resuited in unsafe opera-tion, and any that could result in errors of serious consequences. (9801 Cat.IA,B,C, Cat. IIA, Cat.!!!.) i e priority 2 (Low safety significance).
HEDs that have caused problems or appear likely to cause probletss during normal and off-normal operations that could not result in unsafe operations. (f881 Cat.!D, Cat.!!S.C.)
e Priority 3 (operational Reliability)
HEDs that are not safety significant but could degrade operational efficiency and reliability, either singularly O or in combination with other HEDs. This priority includes d HEDs. that are individually of minor consequence, but in combination with other HEDs or other conditions could degrade operator effectiveness under stress.
^
o Priority 4 (No significant Improvement)
HEDs judged by the review team to have no significant effect on operations and are not documented as causing problem during operation. This priority includes all HEDs that do not fit into any of the other categories.
o Priority S (Previously Corrected)
HEDs that have already been corrected in the control room I since the orginal survey was completud by the BWROG.
- Priority 6 (Not a Discrepancy)
HEDs that were found not to violate human factors criteria. These are not discrepancies and no correction to required.
p i l
22
l l
l pertains to HEDs that should be corrected as soon as o) cE possible. Priority 2 summarizes categories ID, IIB,C and
-- ---pertains to .HEDs that should be corrected in the near future. . Priority 3 HEDs are not safety significant, but
~
could result in reduced operational reliability. Priority
.4- HEDs- -are. dhose. that_would .not__ result _ in. significant improvement. Note that most Priority 4 HEDs are assigned resolutions. New priority numbers 5 and 6 have been a'dded to the original. list shown in the Program Plan. Priority 5 HEDs have already been resolved by changes in the control room since the original BWROG CRS and therefore need no priority for implemention. Priority 6 represents HEDs that, upon investigation by the team, were found not to violate human factors criteria. (These HEDs were, in most cases, written by a reviewer who did not correctly interpret what he observed.) The selection of a priority was done in the same manner as the '
selection of the significance levels: each team member made his own decision based upon his particular expertiso', then the team discussed the selections thoroughly and arrived at a consensus.
l.7.4'HED Resolutions ,
The methodology for analysis of design alternatives described in Section '4.2.2.2 of NUREG 0700 was used. As suggested in that methodology, the human factors experts analyzed all HEDs and l
prepared proposed resolutions based on human factors criteria in NUREG 0700. . Designs .were integrated with the panel redesigns being developed under the enhancement effort. Not all proposed conformed all human factors criteria because I( } resolutions to 23 l
i compromises sometimes had to be made with other HEDs. Very often separation criteria for safety systems prevented full compliance i
with all human factors criteria. Where all criteria could not be '
.-...-....-----'w._-.ere met, the factors pointed out to the team.
-, ~ . - . - . - .
Where the ideal resolutions for different HEDs resulted in conflict with engineering requirements, the best overall
~
resolution was developed, using the mockup as reference, to best i
suit the needs of the operator. ;
t
, HED resolution deliberations were conducted at the mockup. The l
mockup thus became much more than a display of enhancements. It represented the major integrating mechanism for all design
() improvements. This was true whether or not the actual resolution to a HED discrepancy appeared on the mockup. The mockup still set the context and' standards for the design.
A TheCRDRteamc,onsideredtheproposedresolution,dihbkds,edgyher possible solutions, and designated the approved resolution. This was by no means a perfunctory approval. Each HED was thoroughly reviewed and discussed. At this time, the relationship of the
, proposed resolution was considered with respect to other resolutions and the overall panel design as displayed on the mockup.- Members were by this time thoroughly familiar with the panel enhancement design plans and HED resolution efforts. This enabled design considerations to be discussed from many points of view. In many cases, the resolution was revised to meet system
- - requirements. In some cases, the proposed resolution was found I to cause new problems and was revised to ensure compatibilty.
D These discussions were led by the human factors experts. All members of the team represented decision making levels in their area of expertise, so that decisions by the team could be considered to be grounds for_ proceeding with preparation for implementation.
The design of HED resolutions usually required ' extensive technical investigation and team analysis. This was accomplished by many references to the control room installation to identify design details,and referral to the engineering staff for additional design information and review. Often, an informal functional analysis was conducted by members of the team using operational experience to analyze the specific use and sequence
) of events in the use of equipment identified in the discrepancies being investigated. To coordinate these investigations, an action item tickler system was maintained to ensure follow-up and qqgoluti3n ,
of technical questions. Status lists and cross-reference lists were maintained on the computer to keep track of HED resolutions and to coordinate their completion.
(
A technique of assigning resolution codes imposed a discipline on the team. These ensured that the degree of compliance with the human factors guidelines in NUREG 0700 was understood by all l members. The code was designed to identify the type of solution to be implemented, and served to clarify the methods and degree to which the HED will be resolved. These codes are defined in Where
{} Table 1-2. The codes were assigned compliance was not complete, the by the team members.
rationale for deviation was 25
O TABLE l-2. HED RESOLUTION CODES Code Description
- . _ _.__.___A__._._
Meets . Human. Factors Engineering (HFE) guidelines originally or as improved.
B Minor deviation, but' satisfies the underlying performance principle implied by HFE guidelines.
C Meets HFE guidelines through a combination of solutions.
. D Meets HFE guidelines;1hrough.other means that are e~S judged to satisfy the intent of the guidelines.
!J E Acceptable but does not meet HFE guidelines; a correction may increase potential for error.
F Solutions do not meet all guidelines, but are judged to be acceptable for safe operation for the reason stated.
G 26
addressed in the resolution. This ensured that the tesm was g3 completely aware of any deviations from human factors guidelines rh and understood the reasons for deviation.
The main emphasis of this review was to ensure that the HED resolution solved the identified problem and that it did not
_ _ . .,_ _ _ create a.new HED. During this revi_ew,__ the team also identified
^
any special additional requirements that existed for training or operational procedures. This review resulted in being a major step toward the verification required by Supplement 1 to NUREG 9737.
1.7.5 Class Improvement Design ,
All HEDs assigned to class improvements were further arranged in
- .. groups so that similar. improvements could be. designed as a class.
These groups contained several HEDs that were similar or interrelated and needed to be considered together. They also included a single discrepancy'that applied in several places on the panels or annunciators. In all cases, it was important to consider these HEDs as a group to ensure the resolution was consistent and did not cause additional HEDs.
1.7.6 Individual Improvement Design This step dealt ~ with the design of resolutions to HEDs that represented unique problems, not directly related to other HEDs.
1 Comparisons with other HED resolutions were made through examination of the mockup. All design changes from both indi,vidual HEDs and Class HEDs that could be represented on the mockup were included on the mockup.
()
m.
27
1.7.7 HED Verification Finally, a verification of ea,ch HED was performed by the team.
This process consisted of joint discussion of each item of the HED Verification Checklist shown in Figure 1-5. Each item on the checklist was individually discussed by the team, which arrived at a decision on each item, designating it either satisfactory, or requiring . revision. If revisions were required, these were made immediately, if possible. This checklist procedure resulted in some revisions to the various aspects of HECs considered. These checklists were completed for all HEDs.
The review was conducted at the mockup so that each resolution O could be reviewed as implemented. Reference was made to supporting data as necessary. Item 5 specifically considered compounding effects with other HEDs and the possibility of creating a new HED with the resolution chosen, as required by NUREG 0737, Supplement 1.
This verification effort was supported by the final validation walkthrough conducted on the mockup (see section 1. 9 . ) . By conducting the walkthrough near the end of .the review, full advantage could be taken of the enhanced mockup to verify the integrity of the many changes. The validation walkthrough was a key method of determining that the various HEDs were corrected in a satisfactory manner, and that they did not cause other HEDs, (h or combine with other resolutions to cause a HED.
1 28 ;
f) HED VERIFICATION l HEC ! o (s) f Approved Code j Safety priority VERIFICATION STATUS: Unit: #2 #3
- Applicable Schedule - - -
RESOLUTION ANALYSIS SAT f REV i
- 1. Code correct? Should be:
- 2. Addresses discrepancy?
- 3. Meets human factors requirements?
- 4. Safety considerations:
- a. Safety questions not addressed?
. b. Cause temporary reduction in safety?
' Increase risk of failure or misoperation?
!q c. ,
- 5. Compounding effect:
- a. Causes another discrepancy?
- b. Adversely combines with other resolutions?
- 6. Cause negative training?
SCHEDULING
- 1. Circle applicable unit: Unit #2 Unit #3
- 2. Assigned priority:
- 3. Schedule:
First refueling outage Second refueling outage Not implemented Team Review Action lO Figure 1-5. HED Verification Checklist ,
29 --
1.8 TASK ANALYSIS AND VERIFICATION OF TASKS t
The task analysis process used the approved TRIP procedures as the functional analysis. The plant specific procedures developed from the BWROG EPGs are satisfactory for use as a functional analysis per the BWROG meeting with the NRC on May 4, 1984.
These procedures provided the definition of functions from which the task analysis was conducted. The task analysis was performed in accordance with NUREG 0700, paragraph 3.4.2.4., and SRP 18.1, Appendix A, Sections 2.2 and 2.3. The analysis commenced in early September, 1985 and was completed in October 1985. The CRDR team had . iy access to, and used, other licensed
-w operators and engineering personnel for support as required.
D The process was performed in two separate steps. The first was to determine the display and control requirements for the control room instruments. In order to do this, an analysis of tasks required to accomplish the functions was performed. This step included defining the parameters necessary for the operators to (1) determine the need to perform an action, (2) perform the action as directed by the TRIP procedure, (3) determine that the action had been performed successfully. The second step was to conduct a verification that the control room inventory met the stated display and control requirements that resulted from the analysis of tasks and if not, to identify missing displays and controls. The form used to record the information generated from r3
) these two steps appears as Figure 1-6.
SYA
D E
B T
! A S
I"
@ f L
I B
A T
I U
S N
E S
"I 9' O 8 C N
O I S T L A N C P I
T t I
I ' 0 e e
- Ii l f
I 0 T 1 h
I . S T EL I LO L
B SB . t a
A 1
L 5o f .
D 1 8 e
T OS A I N TO n
AI o CTE i IIC 8 DSl t NOA a I PR c
i PE f
e E
E V
H E S S d N
M P N O s n O
T O W
P S
E a
T E e 0S 9 I R s s i
H S O CL AA Y
E N P A S C
y l
a CE K
S 5 SS n A
T 2
1 r A
E So S C N OS k
T & IN s r
a E
m a TO a t
f E N AI CTE T IIG B DSN I
C NOA E PR O .
E R 6 f
oC I -
E u o g f .
i e
0M .
F E1A PTR YCA TAP g
o D
C 3
Eg g g0 g
S A
- O S
g gA p
T O
y s g .
E ;
gN S
A T
In the first sten, the analysis was conducted in a location where the team would be less likely to think about the existing controls and displays on the control canels. A written briefing of task analysis was provided to the team by the Task Analysis Fxcert to educate the team on what was to'be done and how it was to be done. This bris 'ing is enclosed as Aopendix E.s The team then discussed the written briefing. All questions and key coints were explained. During this step of the analysis, only the left half of the Task Analysis Worksheet, labeled Task and Recuirements, was completed. The information was recorded in accordance with the Key to Task Analysis Worksheet, which is enclosed in Anoendix F. All 11 TRIP procedures were talked
. '*; through in this manner.
~.) '
TRIP Procedures: T-103's T-99 Post Scram Restoration T-100 Scram T-101 RPV-Control T-lC2 Containment Control T-lll Level Restoration l T-ll2 Emergency Blowdown !
T-ll3 Blowdown Cooling T-ll4 Spray Cooling T-ll5 Alternate Shutdown Cooling i T-ll6 RPV Flooding I T-ll7 Level / Power Control )
l After the comoletion of the requirements section - of the Task l Analysis, the team filled in the verification section. The entries in this section were then reviewed for Human Engineering suitability at the high fidelity mockup. The mockup was used 7- as the control room inventory. A photo mosaic of the control room was also available for reference.
32
4 The team reviewed the verification procedure provided in the written briefing, and the key points were discussed. Using the task steps and the display and control requirements, the availability section of the form was completed by talking through
~--
-each step,- having the operators indicate which instruments and controls would be used to accomplish the steps, and recording the characteristics of the designated existing instrum4nts. The team then performed a comparison of the designated instrument with the display and control requirements of the task analysis.
Any verification entry that did not meet the display and control requirements section was documented as a note at the bottom of the Task Analysis form and subsequently written as a HED.
(
- V)
During this verification process, the team also addressed the suitability of those designated instruments. This included a consideration of the relationship of control and displays. To aid the team in assessing human factors considerations for the suitability of the instruments, each team member was provided with a copy of the Task Analysis Guidelines during the briefing l for the verification phase. A copy of the Guidelines is included in Appendix.G. The final overall suitability of each entry was i
then determined by the team to be either satisfactory, or to require preparation of a Human Engineering Discrepancy (HED)
Assessment sheet. Information was recorded on the form in accordance with the verification section of the Key to Task Analysis Work Sheet ( Appendix F) .
O V
33
i This process for the determination of the control and display requirements, HED assessment, and verification was reviewed by the NRC during the In-Progress Audit for Peach Bottom on February 19 to 22, 1985. The NRC Audit Report for Peach Bottom on April 19, 1985 letter from J.F. Stolz to E.G. Bauer, Jr., found this process to be satisfactory. '
The T-200 procedure series supports the TRIP Procedures. The T-200 procedures were reviewed and found to contain mostly system lineup , instructions for both control room and floor operators.
Since the lineup instructions called for specific controls in the control room, the availability of these controls was - verified.
(These procedures were also used during the validation walkthroughs described below.) For each of the T-200 Procedures that pertain to control room operators, a task analysis similar to that conducted on the TRIPS was performed to identify information needed, actions required, and feedback information required to determine that the action was performed successfully.
These actions typically involved only one or two steps after a
system lineup had been completed. For these entries, characteris-tics were identified and the verification section was completed as previously described.
During the analysis of TRIP procedure tasks described above, there were certain system lineups for specific operations that were lengthy and were required in several procedures. These
)
involved merely providing controls with appropriate feedback for accomplishing these system lineups. These sections were referred l
I J
_ ._ to a separate. lineup analysis for the specified operations. The analysis consisted of using existing lineup sheets also used for Peach Bottom Units,2 and 3 identifying those controls that were
. required to. be_'in.. the control room. Availability of these controls was verified as having appropriate indicating lights, which provide appropriate feedback to the operator. This completed the task analysis of emergency procedures and supporting procedures.
0
.o 35 .
l a
4 .
1.9 VALIDATION The objective of the Peach Bottom Control Room Design Review
_. . Validation was to determine whether functions allocated to the control room operating crew could be effectively accomplished within the structure of the Emergency Procedures, termed Transient Response Implementation Plan (TRIP), and the improved design of the control room. As part of the Validation of the control room improvements, it was possible to determine if improvements created additional discrepancies, and to identify discrepancies not previously noted.
-,3 The validation methodolcgy involved three phases: Preparation, Walkthrough/Talkthrough, and Documentation.
1.9.1 Preparation This phase involved developing the validation an(gg.the d.ata 45' collection g ui d'e li ne s , in addition to analyzing the TRIP proce-dure flow diagrams. The guidelines were developed to ensure that the participants (control room licensed operators) were aware of why the validation was being done, what was expected of them, and how the CRDR team would be conducting the validation. As part of this, guidelines were developed for the observers to ensure appropriate data collection was accomplished. The requisite forms for collecting data are included in Appendix H.
An analysis of the TRIP procedures was done to ensure that
)
the validation effort examined the appropriate steps and contingencies of the procedures while minimizing the
,c
Di
. .)
redundancies. This ensured that the main flow and branches to a particular TRIP were examined, and also provided for the appropriate crossing between particular TRIPS in a walkthrough context. Table 1-3 lists the TRIP procedures analyzed.
TABLE l-3. TRIP PROCEDURES ANALYZED T-100 SCRAM T-99 Post SCRAM Restoration T-101 Reactor Pressure Vessel Control Reactor Power (including ATWS)
Reactor Level
_ . _ __ . . . . _ . _. . Reactor _ Pressure .
T-102 Containment Control
) Torus Temperature Torus Level Drywell Pressure Drywell Temperature T-101 Reactor Level Restoration we . T-ll2 Emergency Blowdown
'-3E 43' T-ll3 Blowdown Cooling T-ll4 Core Spray Cooling T-ll5 Alternate Shutdown Cooling T-ll6 Reactor Pressure Vessel Flooding T-ll7 Reactor Level / Power Control '
The above TRIP procedures occasionally referred to additional technical procedures (T-200 series as shown in Table 1-4.) These procedures were reviewed for control room actions, and those applicable to the control room were also walked through. l l
.rN
%J l
l l
l 37
h, u
TABLE l-4. T-299 SERIES PROCEDURES ..
T-299 18 Inch Drywell Vent T-291 Containment Vent By Way of Sumps ,
.- _ . . _ _ . - - T-219. CRD System SBL Injection _ . ._ _ _ _
T-211 CRD System B Boric Acid-Sodium Tetraborate Injection T-212 RWCU System SBL Injection T-229 Control Rod Select Block Bypass '
T-221 Main Steam Isolation valve Bypass ,
T-222 Secondary Containment Ventilation Bypass :
T-223 Drywell Cooler Fan Bypass T-224 ADS Auto Initiation Bypass T-239 Torus To CST By Way of HPCI-RCIC T-231 HPSW To Torus T-232 Torus Filter Pump Isolation Bypass O
1.9.2 Walkthrough/Talkthroughs The actual validation activity was conducted via walkthroughs and talkthroughs using the enhanced control room mo'ckup. The mockup had been previously verified against prints ensuring all controls
. and indications were properly labeled, scaled, and identified, and all enhancements and other improvements as a result. of HED resolutions identified in this report. The method used for the walkthrough was as- described in NUREG 9799, Section 3.8.2.
Although the Program Plan indicated that audio and video recordings would be made, they were not used for these walkthroughs. NUREG 9799 suggests the use of audio and I
_q video recordings only for real time exercises where it is not' ,
possible to stop activity to clarify points during the run.
l L
a n
l l
1 h' possible to stop activity to clarify points during the run.
Recordings taken for Limerick CRDR walkthroughs were found to be unnecessary. No data collection was specified or intended from such recordings, prior to starting the runs for the walkth' roughs /talkthroughs, the operators and CRDR team members were briefed on the purpose of the validation. In addition, the operators were briefed on the mockup enhancements, philosophy of the design, and changes from the present control room configuration. The mockup contained the final configuration intended for the control room. The approach to enhancements altered the appearance of the panels, such that the operators were not totally familiar with the new arrangement.
) As a result, the lack of familiarity with tne new design served to determine how easily the operators would be able to adapt to the new configuration and label terminology.
Walkthroughs were performed by the operators in near real time, but were interrupted from time to time to allow clarifications for the review team members. In addition, operators were encouraged to comment on anything they nociced during the exercise. In some cases, runs were repeated in order to obtain a more 'real time' environment for observation purposes. Recognizing the constraints of a static mockup, this uninterrupted run proved useful.
Data was taken by human factors consultants who have worked on
) the CRDR. The team leader also completed a comment sheet for each run. Operations personnel performed as a three person team, 39
a i
l l I
d3) of two operators and an SRO supervisor, which is normal minimum staffing for one unit operation during emergencies. Each operator ;
was accompanied by a data taker using an Operator Activity i.
Sheet (Figure 1-7) to record movements from station to station, ;
- -_ ._ -.__.a.. ._ __ _ _
and a comment sheet to record comments by the operator and observer notes. An example of a completed activity, sheet is i enclosed in Appendix I. _
Time lines were not prepared for these walkthroughs because i
{ the TRIP procedures being used have been thoroughly evaluated by ,
t 1
2 PECO and approved by the NRC Procedures Branch as described in ,
the Proaram Plan. The extensive evaluation process included
{ the .use of the Limerick simulator, which, while not plant Or :
!" specific, is similar to the Peach Bottom plant. All operators participating in the walkthroughs had been trained on these J
procedures on the simulator, and have many years of control room
, operations experience at Peach Bottom. Therefore, the operator's evaluation was considered to be the best source of timing, phasing, frequency, and duration of actions. ;
Communications between operators within the control room and i from control room operators to floor operators was also acted out '
i 1
! and observed. Operators simulated using internal communications 1
I equipment and identified what circuits they were using. Teamwork l and operatorfeoordination was observed during all runs, i
i The organization of- the exercise runs was in three
- O . segments. First, all TRIP procedures were walked through using 4
^
40'
I r
I I I I l I l
- l-t D
A C
l u
S C
C E
'D C l
l t
l e e
. h l
S Y T y T C '
t I E l i
V L I E v T i C l t
% l 1 I I I l iI I I I l l c
A l lI R r O
T o
I t
, A ' '
a R
i E r P
O d
/
I e
p O 4 D
I O lI D lI 7
A -
b R V 1 R
E S e r
C u R
g I i C F E
l R lI I I R R O
C A [I
{ lI B B R R U U T T D D E E E E _
F F _
D D _
N N
@ d O
C O
C _
l Il e _
the procedures listed in Table 1-3. For this segment, the runs were arranged in logical sequences that would take the operators through all steps of all task branches. In some cases, a minor deviation to the logical process was made to pick up an alternative short branch that would otherwise be skipped.
~~
~~~~"This ' ensured ' that all task actions were , covered in this series of runs. Each of these runs were conducted in a serial format, that is, if concurrent branch actions were required by the procedure, the run executed them in series. This was done to ensure that the whole team was'able to follow all steps. Even though some DCRDR team members were assigned to following one particular operator, each was expected to follow all operations, maintain overall continuity, and to provide additional observations on every action.
Secondly, because the TRIP procedures occasionally require the operators to follow several branches concurrently, the preceding series operations did not fully indicate the operator loading conditions. Therefore, upon completion of the first segment of exercise . runs, a second segment of runs was conducted to demonstrate concurrent branch operations. For these, the most difficult concurrent exercises were chosen. Because the observers and operators had already been through all branches in the first segment, the overall flow of actions and communications during these runs was easier to follow and record.
Finally, a walkthrough/talkthrough of the T-209 series supporting procedures that contained control room functions was conducted to satisfy the observers that procedures referenced in the TRIPS x
would be satisfactorily accomplished. These procedures required the control room operators to make a particularly complex lineup of systems. Since these procedures simply required a single
-- -operator -to follow <the procedure in performing a specific series of individual steps, each procedure was accomplished by subteams i
of operators and observers.
1.9.3 Documentation.
Each run was documented on the forms indicated previously.
Subsequent to the walkthrough/talkthrough, these forms were reviewed and analyzed. The operation was critiqued and any further comments or questions were clarified and recorded. To '
aid in the review of the run, a copy of the Human Factors
}
Guidelines used for task analysis were provided to team members for reference. They consist of statements drawn from NUREG 9799 Section 6 items that apply to task analysis and walkthrough operations.
The potential discrepancies noted during the walkthrough/ talk-
,throughs were subsequently reviewed and analyzed to determine human factor discrepancies to be documented as HEDs.
43
Section 2 GENERAL FINDINGS 2.1 CONTROL ROOM WORKSPACE This section discusses overall functional relationships between control panels and the integral nature of operations. The design of the control room for both Unit 2 and'3 features three low back consoles arranged in a curved shape, with vertical,back panels behind them (facing the operator), and vertical panels forming the back wall of the primary control area behind the operator.
(See Figure 2-1 for the layout of Unit 2 and 3.) The two units are located side by side and are essentially identical in. layout and arrangement of controls and indications (not a mirror image arrangement). Common panels are located between the two units.
n) x_-
All these panels are located in the primary controls area and are visible and easily accessable to the operators. The Off Gas /Recembiner panel is located in the control room but is behind the vertical boards, not in the primary control area.
This panel is easily accessed by the operator,but is not directly visible from normal operating stations. There are no summary alarms in the primary control area for Unit 3, but summary alarms have been added to Unit 2 as part of an Off-Gas /Recombiner modification.
The depth of consoles exceeded the reach distance for the 5th percentile female, but are within extended reach with slight
- torso flexion. Controls at the back of consoles are infrequently used. These consoles are intended for the standing operator.
l na
l G !-
% .i- :3
% , p j
l pi t.
p [/=
3 T
I N
U o
r j
y "c .
. t q *. u
- c. o a- y l
a p- "
I L
. /. m
. *c .
. o I
I o
" c. I. R a l k- "e. I l o
r O .
".. l a ,I -
t n
o l
1 C p, I. .
- f. . i! 1 ij !
p 2 i
t e
. r u
. .a o i . i g
T F e
f .
\ U t
/
l p
9 g p N p
I. .
s, N:i 5 2
i l
. / . -
.i- I.$ ! .::
o l
- . _ _ _ . - _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .._ PEACH. BOTTOM APS CONTROL ROOM PANELS PANEL 9 DESCRIPITION '
99C01 FIRE PROTECTION 2 (3 ) 9CO2 AREA AND PROCESS RADIATION MONITORING 2 (3) 9C03 RHR, CS, AND ISOLATION SYSTEM 2(3)SC04A RECIRC AND REACTOR WATER CLEANUP 2(3)9C94B HIGH PRESSURE COOLANT INJECTION 2 (3 ) SC94C REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING 2 (3 ) SC95 A REACTOR CONTROL 2 (3) SC95B FULL CORE DISPLAY
. . _ . 2 (3) SC96 A ._ _ ._ .FEEDWATER ~
2 (3 ) 9C96B FEEDWATER AUX
, 2 (3) SC07 A CONDENSATE AND CIRC WATER
~
2 (3 ) 9C07B COND AND CIRC WATER AUX 2 (3) SC98 A MAIN TURBINE 2 (3 ) 9C98B MAIN TURBINE AUX 2 (3) eC99 MAIN GENERATOR 2 (3 ) 9C10 PROCESS RADIATION MONITORING 2 (3) SC11 AREA RADIATION MONITORING 2 (3 ) 9Cl2 PLANT SERVICES -
2 (3) 9Cl3 TIPS 99C14 COMMON PLANT RADIATION MONITORING 2 (3) 9C21 CRITICAL PLANT TEMPERATURES 99C24 STARTUP POWER 99C26A-D DIESEL GENERATORS 2 (3 ) SC36 SRM AND IRM 2 (3) SC37 LPRM, APRM, AND RBM 99Cl23 EMERGENCY COOLING TOWER 2 (3) 9Cl24 FEEDWATER TURBINE TEST 2 (3 ) 9C196 OFF-GAS RECOMBINER 2 (3) SC484 A,B CONTAINMENT ATMOS. DILUTION 99C512 SITE WEATHER STATION Figure 2-1. Control Room Layout (cont'd) l 0
1
- - . - - _ - . . _ _ . _ _46 ___ _ _ , _ _ _ _ _
Viewing angles of.the vertical back panels are restricted below 48 inches from the floor. Some instruments and controls are located below that level.
Annunciators are. located above the vertical back panels and above the vertical panels forming the back wall of the control area.
They are tilted at 15 degrees. The viewing angles and reading distance meet criteria. Alarm tiles are large and easily indentified.
The central console is intended as the primary operating station for the plant. It contains the reactor controls and indications, the feed water pump controls, and emergency (SBLC) reactivity controls. The right console contains the recirculation systems immediately adjacent to the central console. The rest of the right console provides the necessary controls for primary support systems. The left hand console is for feedwater, condensate, circulating water, and turbine' controls and indications. Additional controls for this system are on the back panel behind the left console, and are used for system startup and shutdown. The arrangement of the consoles was found to provide good concentration of frequently used controls at the prime operating station, requiring a minimum of operator movement. There were no instances of finding controls on a .back vertical panel that should have been on a console.
Control of electrical systems, ECCS, and containment is
) contained on vertical panels that are directly behind the 1
operator when standing at the control consoles. They are easily 1 47
h visible and accessible from the operator station.
Organizationally, the electrical, ECCS, and containment panels are assigned to the Chief Operator during emergencies, while the Assistant Chief Operator takes station at the center console.
~
The necessary emergenc'y equipment, including breathing apparatus, is adequate. Storage is adequate and has been further addressed in a general control room upgrade separate from the CRDR currently in progress. This upgrade includes major revisions to control room lighting, including the addition of more effective light diffusion materials. While the overall lighting in the control room met human factors criteria, some glare was noted on instruments located high on vertical panels. The new lighting y will control this problem. Acoustics in the control room met
)
requirements and were further improved by carpeting the control room.
- 2.2 CONTROL PANEL ARRANGEMENTS ww- -
A 5.' 43-The control p'anels are logically arranced with instruments and controls grouped by functions. The functional groupings are generally very good, although not visually differentiated by demarcations. Because of the lack of demarcations and hierarchal labeling, groupings are somewhat difficult to identify.
Mimics were not used in the original design of the panels except the electrical panels. Some miraics had been added on Unit 2 ECCS and Containment Isolation Systems on an experimental basis. l Generally, the mimics on the electrical panels were excellent.
The experimental mimics were somewhat congested and too complex l
\
48 '
L to be helpful to the operator.
Because of the large number of controls and instruments in a relatively condense'd space, the overall anthropometric guidelines for maximum and minimum height of controls and instruments were exceeded on the vertical panels. This has resulted in some controls being at a height difficult to reach by the 5th percentile female, and the necessity for all operators to bend or squat to reach some controls on the vertical panels. The height of these vertical panels thereby caused the annunciator panels above them to be higher than recommended, and when the operator is . located between the consoles and the vertical back panel, he is required to tilt- his- head at an uncomfortable angle to read --
(} the annunciators above the panels. However, these panels are used only during deliberate operations, and all alarms are acknowledged from the control consoles, from which they can be rJgd . easily. This was not considered to be a significant problem."TheE+ - viewing angles of annunciators from normal operating stations were within guidelines and fully adequate. The reach distance on the benchboards slightly exceeded the maximum reach distance for the 5th percentile female, but was found to be acceptable.
The panels are not identified by system names. Only the numbering system used by the plant designers is used for identifying panels.
() 2.3 ANNUNCIATORS There are approximately lige annunciator alarms for Unit 2 and
,)
common. These are located aro,und the periphery of the control room, above the vertical panels. They are divided into annunciator panel matrices of less than or equal to 50 alarms each. Because of the large number of alarms and the limited space available for panel mounting, it has not always been possible to mount the alarms directly over the panel to which they relate.
The double density of panel arrangement with consoles in front of back panels means that the annunciator related to the console must vie with the annunciator related to the back panel for the prime space directly above or in front of each. This means that there is no way to rearrange panels without massive elimination of ala rms . T'ask analysis, verification, and walkthroughs
,- revealed that most of the alarms were adequately placed.
i
%_)
The windows flash only for the initial unacknowledged alarm.
They do not reflash on clearing the alarm. The operator must determine, on his own, that the alarm has cleared. Each window has an internal slide switch that can be set for tne alarm to go out automat'ically when the alarm condition clears, or to remain lighted when the alarm condition clears. In the latter case, the operator must push the reset button to determine that the alarm condition has cleared. This is c nsistent with the operating philosophy requiring aggressive follow-up on alarms. However, there is no procedure for determining in which position the slide switch is to be set; it is left to the operator to decide. While this flexibility is very useful in some operations and with some q
s / alarms, it is not desirable for some alarms related to emergency operations.
sn
i The annunciator alarm, acknowledge, reset sequence is shown in Table 2-1.
M r TABLE 2-1. ANNUNCIh?OR ALARM, ACKNOWLEDGE, RESET SEQUENCE
~~ ~ ~
COND[TIOU WINDOW STATE ' AUDIBLE SIGNAL a
NORMAL NON ILLUMINATED SILENT ALARM FLASHING ALARM TONE ACKNOWLEDGED ILLUMINATED STEADY SILENT ALARM CLEAR ILLUMINATED STEADY SILENT (Manual Mode)
OFF (Auto Mode)
RESET OFF SILENT TEST FLASHING ALARM TONE There are no silence pushbuttons or switches to control the noise caused by a large number of alarms. The alarms are bells and buzzero. They were reported to be excessively loud by the original owners group survey, but have since been reduced in volume and are now completely adequate and meet the applicable criteria. However, the lack of a method of reducing alarm intensity during an emergency may hamper recovery operations.
Controls for acknowledge, reset, and test of alarms are conveniently placed around the control. room; however, these controls are not consistently arranged top to bottom or left to right. The, acknowledge buttons are palm- actuated mushroom-type t-
- buttons for blind operation, but they are not consistently l
l colored. Test pushbuttons do not have guards to prevent l
[^3 l
(/ accidental operation in high stress situations. I l
1 AR I
) Some prioritization has been used on annunciators. This consists of the use of red lights for top priority alarms, yellow for intermediate priority, white for low priority, and blue for violations of secondary containment. Alarms are generally
-arranged in a red-yellow-white-blue order, from top to bottom.
However, this arrangement not used consistently throughout the control room. The panels mix high priority al'a rms with informational a la rms . All- priorities use the same audio alarms. In addition, tiles which are normally "on" during power operation are colored green. Very few green tiles are used.
The annunciators use the dark board concept. Large tiles are used so that labeling can be easily read. A limited first out
,. feat're u has been added to the control room for key alarms.
)
There are many multi-input alarms. Some of them have convenient control panel indications near the alarm window, to quickly clarify the meaning of the alarm. However, there are many less important alarms that do not have information immediately available for the control room operator to determine the cause of the alarm. Alarm operator response cards, which specify operator actions for safety related alarms, are located in the control room.
Annunciator matrices are not conveniently numbered, requiring the operator to count tiles to determine the number for reference to response cards. No matrix numbering system is used.
1 (f) Because annunciator panels are located above. vertical panels, I
there is no difficulty in reaching individual tiles for l 1
r9
) maintenance and bulb replacement. Bulbs are simply replaced f rom the front of each individual tile without affecting other tiles.
Temporary labels had been used on some alarm tiles, but since the orginal owners group survey these have all been replaced with permanent tiles.
2.4 CONTROLS ,
The equipment for controls and controllers generally meets human factors standards. There are, however, 40 controller units that have 11 different variations in combinations of controls and meters contained in each unit. The exact functions of these controls and meters are not always clear, and in some cases it is difficult to determine how the controlled parameter w i l - be affected.
The large variety if handles used for controls resulted in some types of handles being rather large, thereby tending to obstruct the view of labels and legends for the control on the benchboards, particularly the back row of controls. Some J-handles located at the bottom of benchboards are too close to the edge and could be inadvertently activated. Most J-handles in this position were previously reversed so that they pointed up 1
and therefore are not subject to being brushed against. There are no other major problems with controls ;
2.5 DISPLAYS Visual displays are primarily of three types: vertical analog indicators, roll chart recorders, and vertical drum
{ I recorders. All recorders have corresponding scales for direct s1
1 th reading. Multipoint recorders are also used in some support applications, but in two cases, impor' tant operating parameters are included on the multipoint recorders. This has made it difficult to read these specific parameters with the rapidity and accuracy' required. 'However, the instruments generally meet human
~
factors standards. With a few exceptions, the scales used on visual displays are properly designed, are not e'nhanced to indicate operating zones, limits, or set points on key indications. Many meters use non-standard scale markings and progressions, but they are generally consistent throughout the plant. There was glare noted on meters located high on vertical panels. Color coding of lights was found to be consistent and to meet human factors criteria. 2.6 LABELS Hierarchal labeling has not been used on any panels. Some label inconsistencies were found on instruments and controls in type, size, placement, nomenclature and use of abbreviations. Temporary labels were found in places throughout the control panels, indicating that better labeling is required. All temporary labels have been removed and replaced with permanent labels where appropriate. 2.7 PROCESS COMPUTER The existing process computer has limited capability and is used only.for backup information. It is not required to support (h operation of the plant. Therefore, it was not reviewed in detail and is not considered a plant requirement. Plans are being made e
{ e for the installation of a more advanced computer that will include a Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS). (As discussed in the August 9, 1985 letter from John S. Kemper to Mr. Hugh L. Thompson, Jr. Director NRC Division of Licensing.) 2.8 COMMUNICATIONS Communication was found to be generally adequate,for plant operation. The only major problem is the lack of a priority break-in method on the plant announcing system for the control room operator. The initial survey identified problems with excessively loud PA speakers, but this has been corrected since the orginal owners group survey. 2.9 PANEL / WORK STATION FINDINGS s/ This section discusses findings with respect to the major panel groupings and their facing vertical back panels. The consoles are discussed from left to right. Then the Electrical, ECCS, and Off Gas Panels will be covered. 2.9.1 Condensate, Feed, Turbine Console and Back Panel The console consists of a benchboard section for controls and. a low back section for meters and recorders. The benchboard is grouped by systems, but uses few demarcation lines. The j groupings are well arranged in a' sequential relationship with the exception of the feed pump valves. These valves are not arranged in proper sequential order. There is not adequate room for mimics, but generally the effective grouping of controls tends to () minimize difficulty in following flow paths. slanted back have been generally arranged over the The indications controls on the na
to which they are related. The feed, condensate, and turbine back panel provide a good complement to the console controls and indications. The many rows of like switches for the extraction and feed heaters, however, are not well organized, so that controls for different aspects of this operation are difficult to understand. This problem is made more difficult by misleading nomenclature. These controls are used only in deliberate startup and shutdown operations. The turbine controls use the standard layout provided by General Electric and are well grouped. '~T 2.9.2 Reactor Control Console and Back Panel
)
This is the center console and is the primary operator station for plant operation. It contains the rod control systems and standby boron injection system. It also includes the controllers for the feed system along with appropriate instrumentation for controlling the reactor water level. 1 The left-hand portion contains the feed controls, and indications are placed directly over the controls to which they relate. The center portion contains the rod drive controls and a . core map, which is a Rod Select Matrix for individual rod I control. The associated indications are located immediately above
,_ these controls. This section is adequately laid out. On each side r 6 \/ on the rod control section are the meters and contro!.s for source range, intermediate range, and average power range monitors.
i
.1vt . _ ._ __ ._ __
Again, instruments are located generally above their associated controls. -The center section does not use demarcation lines to help differentiate the various functions related to monitoring power. The reactor mode switch is located near the back of the benchboard and it is difficult to read the switch position labels. , The right portion of this center console contains the Standby Liquid control system, the Control Rod Drive system, and other support controls. It is functionally arranged, but the groupings are difficult ,to differentiate. Directly in bade of this console .is a large - core map on the (}. vertical back panel. It contains numerous indications for each rod. The combination of all these indicators in the arrangement of the core installation is adequate because each rod is easily identifiable by a digital rod height indicator. To the left of the core map is the TIP panel; controls for the emergency cooling towers are on the right. 2.9.3 Recirculation, Reactor Cleanup, and Plant Services and Back Panels The right-hand console .contains primary and balance of plant ; auxiliaries. The left portion, immediately adjacent and at an angle to the center console, has the controls and indications for i the recirculation system, an important means of controlling reactivity in the reactor. Next to that is the Reactor Cleanup system and then the Drywell drains. These sections are neatly grouped and separated. The Cleanup System controls are not _ na .
1 arranged logically for the sequence of system operation and would {]) benefit from the use of mimics. The right portion of this console contains balance of , plant
. systems. There controls are arranged by functions, with indications-directly over the controls, but are so tightly packed that it is difficult to distinguish groups. Some controls are separated from the main grouping in similar controls.
The back panels behind the console contain channel flux indications and the radiation monitoring instruments for Unit 2 and common. These instruments are well grouped, but no demarcation lines have been used to help identify the groups. These panels are used for backup controls and indications. em 2.9.4 Electrical Panels The four diesel generator controls and associated 4kv distribution are on a common console between Unit 2 and Unit 3. The 13kv and startup electrical distribution panels are vertical panels opposite the diesel generator consoles. The electrical panels use mimics to relate the controls to the system. Generally, the mimics are well arranged. The electrical distribution panels for Unit 3, Common, and Unit 2 are side by side and une integrated mimics that make their relationships very clear. 2.9.5 Emergency Core Cooling Systems () The ECCS systems, the Containment Isolation Systems, and the Automatic Depressurization System are located on the vertical nn
l l panels behind the control room operator. Some experimental l mimics have been added to these panels on Unit 2, indicating that mimicking is desirable. The density of controls makes comprehensive mimicking difficult. Therefore, the mimics are very congested andl difficult to follow. The displays at the top of the HPCI and RCIC panels are not functionally grouped and they intermix parameters from different systems. On other ECCS panels, displays are appropriately grouped, but run together so that the groupings are not always discernable. 2.9.6 Containment Atmosphere The Drywell Purge and Ventilation Systems are mimicked but difficult to follow.- The containment isolation status-panel is. - arranged by systems and uses mimics in some cases. The purpose'
)
of this display is to rapidly determine what group isolations have occured and whether the isolation was completed properly. There is no way to determine to which isolation group each set of lights belongs. Therefore, the panel does not satisfy the . purpose for which it was intended. 2.9.7 Off Gas The Off Gas System is located behind the back panel, out of sight of the operators at their normal control stations. It is easily accessable if required. The annunciator alarms for Off Gas are positioned over the related panel. Summary alarms in the "at controls " area of the control room have been added for Unit 2, and package.
) will be added for Unit 3 as part of a modification In cor' unction with the modifications being made to this system, 40
m several components are being added. Consequently, the control panel has been redesigned. This redesign coincided with the DCRDR panel review and enhancement design, and therefore human factors designs were included in the panel rearrangement. This represented a major redesign of the panel resulting in significant improvements in arrangement, grouping, enhancing, and labeling. 2.9.8 Remote Shutdown Panel This panel combines many systems on one panel. The controls are arranged in configurations quite different from the control room panels. The-lack of demarcations, mimics, and hierarchal l
; labeling make it very difficult to locate controls and displays.
2.9.9 Procedures , The owners group criteria included a review of procedures and documentation. Generally, discrepancies concerniqqpemerg,e,ncy
~
procedures have been corrected by the new TRIP procedures that have been prepared in accordance with NRC guidelines. Other procedural items have also been corrected, as described in individual HEDs. 2.9.10 NRC Human Engineering Discrepancies An in-progress audit was conducted early in the DCRDR process. At the time of the in-progress audit, only a few panel configurations had been placed on the mockup shells. These had
) not yet been proofed for accuracy and were known to have several errors. The enhancements included did not represent the final 60
m
) /
approved enhancement configuration. For these reasons, the comments in the audit report concerning the mockup were somewhat premature, but they were, however, taken into consideration by the team as described below.._ After the time of the audit, the mockup was subjected to five review processes before the final enhancements and configuration were approved. The mockup was reviewed by the DCRDR team for accuracy and appropriateness of enhancements. The mockup was used during the HED assessment and HED resolution phase, where further review and changes were made. (Also during this review, in-progress audit comments about the mockup were considered.) Operators, as part of the team, reviewed and commented up on the mockups. The mockup was used for the
, walkthrough of TRIP procedures. Finally, the mockup was used for the verification that design improvements provide 934,neggssary correction and do not introduce 'new HEDs. Only after all these reviews were completed were the enhancements and arrangements considered to be approved for the preparation of new panel arrangement drawings. Throughout this overall process, every effort was made to make the mockup a high fidelity representation of the desired control room. The mockup was a valid representation of the control room for each phase of the DCRDR process.
The in-progress audit identified several HEDs. One of these () was not yet identified by the review process, and it is included in this report as HED NRCl-01. In a separate review by the NRC,
\
an --
1 1 l 0 in conjunction with a PECo proposal to use certain meters and recorders as an SPDS, 12 human factors discrepancies were listed'. These discrepancies are included as the NRC series HEDs. i
* * ** " "*n 8 8 8 ePancy
. _ _ _" *
- k'
_ ..- - w @ out consideration for possible use as an SPDS. b
., ,, e- . m ~
.v i O O
ih Section 3 IMPLEMENTATION This implementation plan involves a significant upgrade of the Peach Bottom Unit 2 and 3 control rooms.- The approach has thorough and integrated enhancement design of the control room. Based upon specifically established criteria, ' extensive enhancements have been designed and implemented on the mockup. Each human engineering discrepancy (HED) was carefully considered, and the solution integrated into the design approach o,f, the mockup. Strong and enthusiastic support from operating personnel as members of the DCRDR team, in support of the team, 4 and in review of the mockup design, enabled the inclusion.of all O reasonable and offactive improvements into a very workable design. Concurrent with the DCRDR, a major improvement in the control room has been undertaken. This includes the arrangement of. desks, storage, and traffic patterns, complete revision of lighting, and better use of. supporting spaces. These improvements will result in better use of space and a reduction of traffic in the primary control areas. In addition, blue lines on 'the floor define areas that must he kept clear of support personnel and ensure unobstructed access by operators to all operating panels. 3.1 OVERALL APPROACH TO PANEL DESIGN The full scale mockup of the control room' formed the heart of the design process. . Preparations for enhancement designs involved O
much more than drawing lines. Each instrument was researched using piping and instrumentations drawings (PEID) along with operator experience to de'termine the exact function and I relationship to other instruments. In many cases, the seeming
~ ~ ' ~ ~
rela ~tionship was 'not correct because existing labels were misleading. Some instruments were relocated to better group them l with related instruments, or to obtain the correct order of operation. i With the shift to hierarchal labeling, all labels were changed. Using this technique, it has been possible to design labels that are succinct and meaningful in operator terminology. A manual of i terminology and abbreviations was' developed and used to obtain ( ) consistency in labeling throughtout. The complete enhancement design eliminates temporary and non-standard labels throughout, i l and ensures that all components are labeled correctly. l l The result has given the effect of a completely redesigned l l control panel. This entire process used the continued input of very experienced senior reactor operators. The most dramatic l improvements were made on the ECCS panels. Flow paths on these l panels were not easy to follow and were conducive to making l l errors in lineups. The enhancement, labeling, and simplified mimics have been well received by operators. I* ' I i With the approved enhancements applied to the mockup, including l
- the relocation of some instruments, the mockup became the major i
() integrating factor in designing resolutions to class HEDs and individual HEDs. Those solutions that could be displayed on the i _- _ __ . _ _ _ ___________--_____-_--____00_-_-_---_-______________-___-----_--_-_-_-__-__.
t l l l ! 13 mockup were added to the mockup. Other solutions were designed in i ,"U l the context of the enhanced and improved mockup. This proved to ! i he an ideal method of designing control room improvements. l l Colors were used in enhanceme'.it design to represent various types l l ' ~ ~ of systems such as torus water, feed water, cooling water, l steam drains and exhaust, lube oil, and hydraulics. ,These were j chosen to suggest the type of system being represent'ed. [ l Demarcation outlines were used to group normal operation systems i in appropriate system colors, and emergency instrument groupings ! were color-padded in system colors. To provide a better , background to all these colors and to improve the overall appearance oE_the. control room, all panels will be repainted a l A light beige. p Using the criteria developed for the overall program, ' enhancements were designed and have been implemented on the Off-Gas Panel in the actual control room. These improvements are proving to be benificial to operations 3.2 COMPONENT IMPROVEMENTS ! t This part of the discussion is divided into two sections. The l first discusses classes of problems. In that category, are l discrepancies that appear in many places, perhaps on several panels in the control room, and that are dealt with as a class l problem. An overall solution to each class of discrepancies has heen developed and will be applied to all applicable locations in (} the control room. These are called class improvements. ____ R
'The second category is individual solutions to specific problems applicable to one situation. These are called individual improvements.
3.2.1 Class Improvements i
.3.2.1.1 Annunciator Arrangement The placement of annunciators around the' perimeter of the control l l
room has resulted in having some annunciators not located over j i the associated panel, or in front of the associated console. l t Investigation of this problem revealed that the arrangement of
-the annunciator panels is logical within the spaces allowed for ;
t their placement. There is no way to change the location of these l 3 , panels in order to obtain a better arrangement without a whole- l a' scale deletion of alarms. Neither the task analysis /
\
verification, or the walkthrough of emergency procedures showed /~s) location to be a problem. While annunciator panels are prioritized by the use of red and I amber lights, some alarms have not been prioritized. The uce of red and amber colors have been defined, and all appropriate { l ala rms will he given colors. A matrix system of identifying ! i alarm windows will be used. This system will use alpha-numerics
.around the periphery of each annunciator panel, f
3.2.1.2 Annunciator Alarm sequence f r i Annunciator visual alarm sequences provide a flashing alarm and audio hell or huzzer until the alarm is acknowledged. When acknowledged, the hell is silenced and the window is on steady. For resetting alarms when the alarm condition is cleared, two ) L e _ __tvt-
options are available. Each window can be set by means of a switch located behind the window to be manual or automatic. In the automatic mode, the light will go out without an ale'rt when the alarm condition has cleared. In the manual mode, the alarm tile will remain lighted when the alarm condition has cleared, but will not sound and alert. The window can be darkened only when the operator pushes the reset button. The position of this slide switch is now left to individual shift operators. While this is desirable for most of the alarms, some of the more important alarms must be set in a specific position. The alarms will be analyzed and guidelines will be prepared for setting these switches. Alarms that must have a specific setting will ,, have a small "A" or "M" engraved in the corner of the tile to '- indicate that the switch must be left in the indicated position. Annunciator controls provide an acknowledge button, a reset button, and a lamp test button. These are located in several places around the control room. One set is arranged in different order, backward from the others. These will all be made to conform to one_ sequence. All acknowledge pushbuttons will be colored yellow and will have a large mushroom- type palm-actuated handle for blind operation. Finger operated pushbuttons are used for reset and test. Raised guards will be used on all test pushbuttons to protect against inadvertent operation. The bells used for annunciator alarms will be modified to have an I) automatic tone-down feature that will reduce their intensity after a few seconds. This will tend to reduce the noise level 09_
q 4 during abnormal or emergency operations, when all alarms cannot be acknowledged immediately. The multi-input alarms that do not have convenient instruments to resolve the meaning of the alarm condition were thoroughly investigated. It was found that these alarms are adequate as multi-input alarms because of the nature of the alarms.' (HED Al-06 in Appendix A list these alarms and the resoulutions for each.) A plant modification has added a first-out feature on selected annunciator alarms since the original owners group survey. 3.2.1.3 controls Several types of controllers are used throughout the control room. There are 11 different variations in the combinations of controls and meters used on 40 controllers. While these generally meet human factors criteria, the specific functions of each control and meter in each controller unit is not always clear, nor is the final effect on the controlled parameter always clear. Cor. trollers will have labels added to clarify functions as appropriate. In addition, some controllers indicate open on the left and close on the right, the opposite of control conventions. These will be changed to conform to conventions. Although there are many different shapes used for control handles, generally there is no consistent coding. With the 68
elaborate enhancements and the use of mimics, there is no operational need to define handle codes. Since the existing-handles do not cause any confusion, no changes will be made. 3.2.1.4 Displays The primary display used throughout the control room is the vertical analog meter. This meter, meets human factors criteria, very few of these meter scales are enhanced to aid the operator in determining cautionary and danger areas. Those scales determined to require enhancements during the task analysis / verification process will be marked with color zones as required, to help the operators identify key plant conditions during emergency oporations. See individual task analysis (TA) U HEDs. (Appendix A) Recorders use both single pens and multiple pens. Where multiple pens are used, the colors are distinct and easily distinguishable. Multipen recorders will have legends to identify pen colors. The recorder will use the same hierarchal labeling system as the v,ertical meters. Each recorder has paper designed to match its scale. The number o f. the paper is identified inside the door of each recorder, so that the correct paper will be used for replacement. Displays and controls that are located above or below recommended heights were individually reviewed by the team. These were found to be instruments that were easily identified and read, and posed O no problem to operators. The use of hierarchal labeling improved the identification of the lower instruments because larger fonts
--.---_--_--_--.--_---_-_-_---_------___m--
i The
- i. were used and labels were moved to the top of instruments.
higher instruments are not so high that they are not easily read L (see HED D3-95). i
~ ~ ~
Many of the meter scales use the progression 3, 6, 9, 12, instead
. cf 'an even number progression. Because these scale divisions are well marked, easily read, and are used consistently, the team l found no reason to change them. However, some other scales were not well marked, used inconsistent divisions, and were difficult to read. These scales will be changed to meet standards, f
1 i i The Remote Shutdown Panel contains many different types of 1 systems. This factor caused more restrictions on rearranging ! components because of separation criteria. Operators found the panel to be very difficult to understand. Enhancement designs l l were used to relate this panel to the applicable portions of control room panels, so that they would be immediately ! recognizable to an operator who normally does not use the remote panels. The mockup of the Remote Shutdown Panel was located with { the control room mockup in order to ensure similarity of enhancements. ! 3.2.2 Individual Improvements The resolutions selected for one-of-a-kind discrepancies were ; hased upon the priority assigned and the practical needs of the l l operators. Each resolution was carefully coordinated with the overall design concepts of the control panels. On several l l
.________________.__________cy;t____________________
occasions, proposed solutions were found to conflict with other , design features and would have caused another discrepancy. The final resolutions were'made compatible with the panels. Refer to
- , individual HEDs enclosed for details.
l' k e I r P l l l I t l l l l lO . I on - _ --_- _-_ _______ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ . . _ _ _ - - -
f P Appendix A i HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES - The .HEDs have a complex numbering system that was used to direct y relate o the original owner's group control room survey _ (CRS) discrepancies which were divided into groupq but not ! numbered. The initial letters indicate groups: A-annunciator, D-layout design, I-instrumentation and hardware, P-procedures, f l E-environment, T-training. The supplemental survey uses the i i I same lettering system, with a preceding "S". Task Analysis HEDs i are lettered TA; Operating Experience HEDs are lettered LER; NRC , instigated HEDs lettered NRC; Validation HEDs are labeled VW. ! N/ i l NOTE: Equipment indentified in this appendix are for Unit 2 and i Common plant equipment. Unit 3. equipment would be similar l equipment. , l I
- r. I k
l l i i
V. { . I PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT , HED No. AJ-01 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code B L 8 i TITLE: . Annunciator Color / Location Coding COMMENT: l Inconsistent use of annunciator color /locatio,n coding. , ( Item: 4.3.1 Ref.: C1.3 Source CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component'Name Annuncistor Tiles i 10 or Number: N/A l DESCRIPTION:
- *- Alarms are generally arranged in a red-yellow-white-blue order from top to bottom. However, this coding is not consistently Q
V used throughout the control room. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Coding the alarms is in the process of being completed. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) l Define annunciator window color coding. Ensure coding is applied control room. ~ consistently throughout Due to operating i experience the use of color and location prioritisation is. not considered" beneficial to' operations. ' TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: i Brief operators on panel design improvements. , PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. I Team Approval Signatures Dates SE338 W l () Additional page(s) attached O 1 A-1
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
~
HED No. Al-02 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code A . TITLE Annunciator Legend Consistency COMMENTt Terminology used inconsistently on some annunciator tiles. Itemt 4.3.2 Ref. C2.1 Source CRS IDENTIFICATIONI Panel 20C203, 20C204 Component Names Annunciator Tile ID or Number 20C203D-4, 20C204B-14 DESCRIPTION
" Torus" and "Supprossion Chamber" are used interchangeably. i n . ... -.
annunciator legends. O RESOLUTIONI (Sched None ) Window 20C204B-14 will be changed to TORUS instead of Suppression Chamber. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS . None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: Update alarm cards and procedures' (TRIPS, OT's, Off Normals, SE's, ST/EP) accomplished by A-36 Periodic Procedure Review (administrative procedure). Team Approval Signatures Datet FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
~ _ , l
PEACH BOTTOM
~5 HED ASSESSMENT
.r - p v HED No. Al-03 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code F TITLE: _. Annunciator Type Style COMMENT: Inconsistent application of type style and siz,e on some annunciator panels. Item: 4.3.3 Ref.: C2.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: See attached. Component Name: Annunciator Legends ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: Temporary annunciator legends use varying type styles and sizes (some are handwritten). The five panel annunciator legends use 3 smaller type and are difficult to read. This could cause an J error during emergency situations. RESQLUTION: , (Sched None ) All temporary labels have been replaced by permanent labels. The team reviewed all annunciators for readability and found them to be satisfactory. Some sty 1Ejpariat, ion is required to accomodate information needed on the win' dows?" The window labels are now acceptable. See HED Al-05. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $b Date: TH 2 8 n;6 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
\ss___--
n-#1
p l I PEACH BOTTOM ,m ' HED ASSESSMENT Q j HED No. Al-04 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code A i I TITLE: Incorrect Annunciator Legend - - [ COMMENT: Window 20C204B-14 is incorrect. , Item: 4.3.4 Ref.: C2.5 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C204 l Component Name: Annunciator Tile ID or Number: 20C204B-14 DESCRIPTION: , I The legend reads " SUPPRESSION CHAMBER HI LEVEL" when it should l signify a transfer of HPCI Suction. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The signal to the window is Torus HI Levele not HPCI Suction l Transfer. To change the label would mislead the operator. l " Suppression Chamber" will be changed to " TORUS." l l l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: - - None. Team Approval Signature: $$ Date: FEB 2 8 mN ( ) Additional page (s) attached t i l l 1:) l I l
i PEACH BOTTOM
-E HED ASSESSMENT !
HED No. Al-95 EP = 4/PRI 5 Code A TITLE:
-Annunc'.ator Markings - --- -- - -- -
COMMENT: ! TemporaryD . markings have been added ,to some j annunciators. Item: 4.3.5 Ref.: C2.6 Source CRS i IDENTIFICATION: Panel: See attached. Component Name: Annunciator Tile ID or' Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: Setpoint indications have been added to several annunciators with I tape and grease pencil. No standard method for changes appears to exist. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) All temporary labels have been removed and replaced by permanent labels where required. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None r PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS:
- None.
Team Approval Signatures #h Dates p[g 2 3 gg ( ) Additional page (s) attached C:) h l ___________________..______________A.5
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Al-06 f EP = 6 PRI 4 Code F TITLE:
-Multi-choice Alarms COMMENT:
Some multi-choice alarms exist. , 4 Item: 4.3.6 Ref.: C2.7 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: See attached. Component Name: Annunciator Tile ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: Several multi-choice alarm windows exist. (e.g., HI/LO, etc.). These should be avoided wherever possible. s - RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Each multi-choice alarm was reviewed for action required. No changes were found to be necessary. See attached list. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval SignaEur'e: Cb Date: FEB 2 8 M6 (11) Additional page(s) attached i i k
l i
}
', HED Al Multi-Choice Alarms - w/out Backup Control Room Indication
. CATEGORY - SIGNIFICANT TO OPERATIONS:
ANNUNCIATOR u/2 RFPT Oil Reservoir 20C206R - 19, 24, 29 u/3 Hi - Lo level (A, B, C) Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exists. , u/2 Reactor Bldg Cooling 20C212R - 35 u/3 Water Header Tank Hi - Lo level Related Instrumentation: Process Computer will print out on Lo. Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the
-multiple choice conditions exists. ,
u/2 RPS/PCIS Trip Units Card 20C205L - 20 u/3 out of file or power failure Related Instrumentation: Related alarms are available. Resolution: Related alarms allow operator to identify which condition exists. u/2 RPC/PCIS Trip Units in 20C205L - 19 u/3 Calibration or Gross Failure Related Instrumentation': LAB should notify if calibration. Resolution: Alarm will indicate gross failure. Alarm must be inves-tigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice , conditions exists. I l i i
l l HED Al Multi-Choice Alarms - w/out Backup Control Room Indication
) CATEGORY - SIGNIFICANT TO OPERATIONS:
ANNUNCIATOR u/2 RFPT Oil Reservoir 20C206R - 19, 24, 29 u/3 Hi - Lo level (A, B, C) Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exists. u/2 Reactor Bldg Cooling 20C212R - 35 u/3 Water Header Tank Hi - Lo level Related Instrumentation: Process Computer will print out on Lo. Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exists. -s ) u/2 RPS/PCIS Trip Units Card 20C205L - 20 u/3 out of file or power failure Related Instrumentation: Related alarms are available. Resolution: Related alarms allow operator to identify which condition exists. u/2 RPC/PCIS Trip Units in 20C205L - 19 u/3 Calibration or Gross Failure Related Instrumentation: LAB should notify if calibration. Resolution: Alarm will indicate gross failure. Alarm must be inves-tigated by floor operator before action can be taken. , Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice l conditions exists. i
' /
l
HED Al-06 ,
/' CATEGORY - FAIRLY IMPORTANT TO OPERATIONS
~
ANNUNCIATOR u/2 Condensate Drain Tank 20C207L - 20 u/3 Hi-Lo Level Resolution:._ Floor operator will shift controllers. Alarm must be investigated by floor ope.rator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. u/2 Centrifuge Trouble or 20C208R - 5 u/3 Barrel Overflow Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
' " u' 2 ~'A,B,C'Condeiisate' Pump" ~~20C207L~- 25
~~
, . u High Vibration Related Instrumentation: Other pump parameters in control room Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
i u/2 A,B,C Circ Water Pump 20C207R - 31 u77 High Vibration Related Instrumentation: Other pump parameters in control room Resolution: -Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter , which of the multiple choice conditions exist. ! l l u/2 Nitrogen Compressor 20C203BB - 22 u/3 A or B Trouble Related Instrunentation: Back-up Compressor should take over until able to investigate. A () Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
I HED Al-06 n).; CATEGORY - FAIRLY IMPORTANT TO OPERATIONS: ANNUNCIATOR u/2 A&C RHR Heat Exchanger u/3 High Conductivity 20C208L - 17 BSD RHR Heat Exchanger High Conductivity 20C208L - 18 Resolution: Isolate heat exchanger set (A&C or B&D)~ from control room, chemistry to determine which is leaking, floor operator manually isolates. u/2 Clean-up Filter Demin 20C204R - 2 u/3 Inlet Hi - Lo PH Resolution: Change to another Demin whether Hi or Lo condition exists. u/2 Clean-up Drain Header 20C204R - 7 u/3 Hi - Lo Press
) Resoultion: Operator will know whether the alarm is HI or low by the system mode of operation.
u/2 Rad. waste discharge 20C212L - 54 u/3 to Canal Hi-Lo flow Resolution: Automatic valve stops discharge on high or low flow. Floor followup. I 1 \l] 1 1
, HED Al-06 CATEGORY - GENERAL TROUBLE ALARMS
{}
- ANNUNCIATOR Recombiner Trouble OOC 196 Related Instrumentation: Will install unit specific and Common Trouble Alarms w/Recombiner Mod
~
~ Resolution: "Ala'rm' must be investigated'by' floor operator'before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
. 3 u/2 Isophase Bus Trouble 20C208R - 30 -
u/3 Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist, u/2 CRD Hydraulic Hi Temp
~
20C205R - 35 u/3 m Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before
'")- action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
u/2 Condensate Filter Demin 20C207L - 2 u/3 Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. u/2 Service Water Screens 20C207L - 30 u/3 Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. l h ,
HED Al-06 CATEGORY - GENERAL TROUBLE ALARMS ANNUNCIATOR u/2 Outer Screen Structure 20C207R - 19 u/3 Screen Stopped Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before t__- . . . - - --- -
- - - - - ac t i on ca n be taken . Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
u/2 Circ Water Traveling 20C207R - 23 u77 Screens Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist, u/2 Turbine Bldg. Sampling 20C207R - 26 57X Stat. 1 Trouble. e'T Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before g) action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. u/2 Reactor Bldg. Sampling 20C207R - 28 u/3 Stat. 3 Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. Fire System: 2 Turbine Centrel CO Deluge Sprinkler Systems Ckt. Trouble 20C205LL - 19 3 Turbine Central Ckt. Trouble 30C205LL - 22 2 Turbine South Ckt. Trouble 20C205LL - 20 3 Turbine North Ckt. Trouble 30C205LL - 25 Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. .r') O
n- 1 l I l
. HED Al-06 t; CATEGORY - GENERAL TROUBLE ALARMS (cont.'d)
ANNUNCIATOR u/2 Drywell Radiation Monitor 20C203B - 20 577 Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before
- action can be taken. Therefore,.it doesn't matter -
which of the multiple choice conditions exist. u/2 Clean-up Filter /Demin 20C204R - 6 u/3 Sys. Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before
. action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
u/2 Excess Flow Check Valve 20C203BB - 3 u/3 Operated Panel 220 Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before r~s action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter (j) which of the multiple choice conditions exist. u/2 Excess Flow Check Valve 20C203BB - 4 E71 Operated Panel 221 Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter 1 which of the multiple choice conditions exist. u/2 Excess Flow Check Valve 20C203BB - 5 E7I Operated Panel 222 Trouble ! Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter ! which of the multiple choice conditions exist. ; u/2 Fuel Pool Filter /Demin 20C204R - 16 I u/3 System Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
- vC) i
HED Al-06 ,_ CATEGORY - GENERAL TROUBLE ALARMS (cont'd.) p u/2 Fuel Pool Cooling & 20C204R - 21 u/3 Cleanup System Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. Auxiliary Boiler Trouble 20C212L - 8 Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor op'rator e before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. u/2 Raw Water System Trouble 20C212L - 21 M Related Instrumentation: DST Level Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. O u/2 Chlorination System 20C212L - 22 u/3 Trouble , Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. u/2 Moisture Monitoring 20C212L - 28 u/3 System Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditior. exist. u/2 Moisture Monitoring System 20C212L - 27 u/3 High Coolant Leakage Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor cp.rator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. 09; u/2 Turb Bldg. Vent Panel 20C212L - 46
~
u/3 20Cl31 Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
- r3 HED Al-06 j CATEGORY - GENERAL TROUBLE ALARMS (cont'd)
ANNUNCIATOR u/2 Intake Structure Vent 20C212L - 48 u77 Panel.20Cl39 Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before
- - - - . . - _ . action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't . matter
____ which of the multiple choice conditions exist. Shop & Whse Vent Panel 20C212L - 49 00Cl28 Trouble Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. l u/2 React Bldg. Vent Panel 20C212L - 51
.. u/3 20Cl32 Trouble _
Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter
'Ob which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
Sewage Treatment Plant 20C212L - 55 Trouble --
% >.' 47, -
Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. D - E Clg. Twr. System 39C212R - 3 Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
4 . . h.- HED Al-06 49 CATEGORY - ELECTRICAL l ANNUNCIA' TOR ! E (4kV) Bus Differential or 00C226 l overcurrent relays
~~
-Related. Instrumentation: Will lose effected bus in control room.
._.. Diesel wi 1.-start. -
1-Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions' exist. 30C209R & 209L Misc. Alarms on Relays Related Instrumentation: Electrical distribution center will lose power on effected circuit. Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor ope,rator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. North 500 kV Sub. Sta. 00C224 - 5
- General Alarm Resolution
- Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
Unit 1 Trouble 00C224 - 15 Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. i North 220 kV Sub..Sta. 00C224 - 25 ' General Alarm Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. ! South 599 kV Sub. Sta 00C224 - 45 1' General Alarm i .
. Resolution: Alarm 'must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
HED Al-06 e' CATEGORY - GENERAL ANNUN'CIATOR Diesel Bldg. CO Sys. OOC 226B - 1 Inactivated Related Instrumentation: Fire watch signs to identify bay Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions, exist. Diesel Gen. Room Flooded OOC 226C - 1 Related Instrumentation: No way to determine which bay Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist. Seismic Trig Activation 30C212L - 4 or Loss of Seismic Power Resolution: Alarm must be investigated by floor operator before action can be taken. Therefore, it doesn't matter which of the multiple choice conditions exist.
1 l l l PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Al-07 EP = ~6/PRI 4 Code B TITLE: Annunciator Priority Coding COMMENT: ' Incomplete use of priority color coding. Item: 4.3.7 Ref.: C2.8 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Annunciator Tiles ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Priority coding of annunciators by use of a red, yellow, green,
-w blue color system is incomplete. This could confuse an operator s,,
) trying to identify priority alarms.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Define annunciator window color coding. Ensure coding is applied consistently throughout control room. Due to operating experience and the use of color, location prioritization is not considered beneficial to operations. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Brief operators on panel design improvements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ( ) Additional page(s) attached
l I I } <s]., PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Al-08 8/PRI 4 EP = Code A TITLE: Annunciator Identification COMMENT: , No alpha-numeric identification code exists. Item: 4.3.8 Ref.: C2.9 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Annunciator Tiles ID or Number: All DESCRIPTION: No alpha-numeric matrix system exists for identifying individual
N annunciator tiles. At present the operator must count in order
( ), to locate the window in a panel. This causes identification delays. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Add alpha-numeric matrix located around the perimeter of the annunciator panel to identify alarms. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide training in use of annunciator matrix identification. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: Update alarm cards. Team Approval Signature: Sh Date: FEB 2 8 886 ( ) Additional page (s) attached A-8
1 l j 1 PEACH BOTTOM i 9 HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Al-09 EP = 6/PRI 1 Code B TITLE: Annunciator Silence Control COMMENT: i No separate silence butt.on exists. Item: 4.3.9 Ref.: C5.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Annunciator Acknowledge Pushbutton ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: At present, a separate annunciator audible alarm silence button
s does not exist. Alarms are silenced automatically when the u . ,/ acknowledge pushbutton is depressed. This could be a problem if more than one alarm came up at once.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: 1st Refuel ) The acknowledge button silences each alarm. Install a tone-down system to reduce the sound level of the bell after initially ringing. After acknowledging previous alarm, new alarms from same audio annunciator panel will again initially be loud and then tone-down in order to clearly identify new alarms. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached
'^
\ .
s' A-9
*Q:-
. .. PEACH BOTTOM 04/ HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Al-10 EP = 4/PRI 3 Code B
' TITLE:
Annunciator Control Arrangement COMMENT: 3 Annunciator controls not consistently arranged. Item: 4.3.10 Ref.: C5.5 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C207A Component Name: Annunciator Controls ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Annunciator controls are arranged horizontally on all consoles
'~]
tj except the Condensate console where they are arranged vertically. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Coding of the annunciator controls by shape and color enhancements will allow easy identification. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $,, Date: FEB 2 81985 ( ) Additional page (s) attached l 4 F~~'n (.J i w i
PEACH BOTTOM k HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Al-ll EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A
~
- ~-
TITLE: ~
' ~ Annunciator First-Out Feature COMMENT: ,
No dual reset capability or first-out feature exists .
~
Item: 4.3.11 Ref.: C5.6 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Annunciator O reset capability for high priority alarms.ti'l'es apparently or dualhave \J RESOLUTION: A (Sched: N/A ) clator alarms. modification has added a first-out feature annun- on TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. l Team Approval Signature: , } Date: FEB 2 8 tnt ( ) Additional page (s) attached A-11 _ - - - - - - ' - ~ ~ ~
% PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Al-12 EP = 8/ PRI 2 Code D
~ ~
-TITLE:
" Alarm Clear" Indication COMMENT: '
No .'.ndication exists for a cleared alarm. Item: 4.3.12 Ref.: C6.4 Source: .CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Annunciators ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: . No special cue is available to an operator (e.g. a slower blink rate) to indicate when an alarm input clears. The operator must determine, on his own, that the alarm has cleared. RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) The operating philosophy is to require aggresive follow up on alarms. To aid the operator in clearing alarms, each window has an internal slide switch that can be set for the alarm to go out automatically when the alarm condition clears, or to remain lighted when the alarm condition clears. The desired setting depends upon the type of alarm and the operating conditions. For certain alarms of greater importance, the position of the slide switch should be specified.. The position will be specified by putting a small "A" or "M" in the' annunciator windows that need a required position to be set. Revise alarm cards to indicate the required setting. Provide guidelines for setting slide switches.to Auto, Manual, or Optional.' TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: F Train operators in system for required settings. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: { None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81916 f(hh ( ) Additional page (s) attached
. -_ c 12 .. _ _ _ . _ . __ __ J
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
~< HED No. Cl-01 EP = 4/PRI 6 Code A TITLE:
Printer Use COMMENT: One printer used between two units. i Item: 4.4.1 Ref.: D2.4 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Process Computer Printer ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: only one printer is used. It must handle information for both Unit 2 and 3. As such it is subject to possible--overload, as well as delay in printing when both units request data at the same time.
}
RESOLOTION: (Sched: N/A ) The described problem does not exist. The subject printer was Balance of Plant (BOP) which has been removed from the control room, and placed in the computer room. These printers are not used for control room operations. Each unit has its own separate printer pertinent to that particular unit (which prints information.) TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached O A-13
l e
- PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT c..
d HED No. Cl-02 4/PRI 6
~~
EP = Code A TITLE:
. . _ _ _ __ Auto _ restart Capability COMMENT:
No auto-restart capability exists; Item: 4.4.2 Ref.: D2.5 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Process Computer ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Drum memory is often compromised during transients. causing the computer to go 'down. No auto-restart capability exists, _' , therefore creating the possibility that the computer will not be available during post-transient periods. ,J RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) This computer not involved in operations; not used in transient operations. Therefore, this is not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: k Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached 1 l O-14 _
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT NY' HED No. Cl-03 EP = 4/PRI 6 Code A TITLE: Processor Redundancy - COMMENT: No backup processor exists. Item: 4.4.3 Ref.: D2.7 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Process Computer ID cr Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Only one processor exists in each unit. If a processor. failure occurs, no backups are available to provide an automatic or .,_ manual switch over. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) This is not a discrepancy. These are two processors (one on line, one backup) with manual switchover. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. - PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. - Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 ING ( ) Additional page(s) attached O
- . .A-15 _
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
,) HED No. Dl-01 EP = 8/PRI 6 Code B TITLE:
Annunciator Heights - COMMENT: Annunciator panels higher than recommended. Item: 4.1.1.1 Ref.: A1.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Annunciators ID or Number: N/A MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Annunciator panels are angled down to facilitate reading. No operator comments on difficulty of reading legends. Operating experience of over 12 years does not include any LERs or noted operational difficulties. DESCRIPTION: Al1 control room annunciators exceed the recommended height of 88 inches. This creates difficulties in reading and identifying alarms.
%2V :. -
RESOLUTION: (Sened: N/A ) No physical change needed as annunciator panel is angled in such a way that reading the annunciator legend is not difficult. The Review Team considered the BWR Owner's Group EP number and did not agree with it for the reason stated. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81996 ( ) Additional page (s) attached t 0-AO
l
}
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D1-02 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code F TITLE: Console Control Reach Distances COMMENT: Controls on all consoles exceed mcximum reach distance. Item: 4.1.1.2 Ref.: A1.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C04A, 20C05A, 20C06A, 20Cl2 Component Name: See attached. ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: Controls on all consoles 2" over maximum reach distance. Depth on panel 20C05A is 5" over maximum.
- MITIGATING CONSIDERATION:
Most controls are within the extended reach (28"-NUREG 0700 of 5% female. Temp. selector on C06A at end of console so operators can reach from side of console. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Most controls appear within the functional reach of control personnel (23.6"), those exceeding this distance are not frequently used and do not require maintained contact by the operator. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 (2) Additional page (s) attached i r'^ l I i A-17
HED Dl-02 attachment Page 1 20C04A -
" EQUALIZE VALVE TEST" pushbuttons (2)
"A SCOOP TUBE POWER" pushbuttons
" PUMP VIBRATION MONITOR" pushbuttons "B SCOOP TURB POWER" pushbuttons WATER SYSTEM SELECTOR control ,
20C05A - DISCH VOLUME HI WTR BYPASS keyswitch RHR SAMPLE LINE OUTBOARD ISOL SIGNAL BYPASS keyswitch RHR SAMPLE LINE INBOARD ISOL SIGNAL BYPASS keyswitch RAD GAS SAMPLER OUTBOARD VALVE ISOL BYPASS keyswitch RAD GAS SAMPLER INBOARD VALVE ISOL BYPASS keyswitch W k_) DRYWELL INSTR N2 VLV ISO-BYPASS (AO-2969B, AO-2969A) keyswitch ROD WORTH MINIMIZER INTERLOCKS BYPASS keyswitch SCRAM RESET control ROD DRIFT ALARM TEST pushbutton REACTOR SCRAM A pushbutton REACTOR SCRAM B pushbutton APRM CHAN SELECT RED PEN pushbutton APRM CHAN SELECT BLACK PEN pushbutton APRM ROD BLOCK pushbutton APRM/RBM CHAN SELECT RED PEN pushbutton APRM/RBM CHAN SELECT BLACK PEN pushbutton APRM/RBM .RpD BLOCK pushbutton
HED Dl-02 attachment
- 2) Page 2 TURBINE STEAM FLOW / REACTOR SHUTDOWN LEVEL selector switch REACTOR LEVEL SELECT switch VESSEL LEVEL CONTROL MODE selector switch 20C06A -
PLANT TEMP READOUT (TI-2100) ' 20C12 - REFUELING FLOOR VENTILATION SUPPLY (AO-20453) 6 controls VENTILATION TEMPERATURES (TI-2501) A DRYWELL COOLER FAN A (2AV26-A) B D2YWELL COOLER FAN A (2BV26-A) C DRYWELL COOLER FAN A (2CV26-A) D DRYWELL COOLER FAN A (2DV26-A) E DRYWELL COOLER FAN A (2EV26-A) F DRYWELL COOLER FAN A (2FV26-A) G DRYWELL COOLER FAN A (2GV26-A) A DRYWELL PURGE SUPPLY FAN (2 avl 9) i 1
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT f v-HED No. Dl-03 EP = 8/PRI 6 Code A TITLE: Console Height COMMENT: Console is too high. 9 Item: 4.1.1.3 - Ref.: A1.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05A Component Name: Console ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: The 20C05A Reactor Panel is 56" high, exceeding the maximum recommended 42" (of a sit down console)by 14" and may be difficult to see over. A/ RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) This console, under normal and emergency conditions, is operated in a stand up position. The 56" is within stand up console guidelines. The seated position is used during controlled rod m6vement operations where the only display is on 20C05B necessary to view in the seated position which is acceptable. This is not a discrepancy. Therefore the EP is mischaracterized. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $h Date: FEB 2 8 ING ( ) Additional page(s) attached O U A-18
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Dl-04 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code F
. TITLE:
Mirror-Imaging of Panels Some Unit 2 and 3 panels are mirror-imaged. s Item: 4.1.1.4 Ref.: A1.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C09, 30C09 Component Nam'e: Gen. & Aux. Power Inst. & Control ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: The Generator and Auxiliary Power Instrumentation and Control Panels for Unit 2 and 3 are mirror-images of each other and could cause operator errors. . '- RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) These panels are arranged on either side of the Start Up Power panel (00C24). This arrangement is to indicate the distribution network of start up power to each unit. The mirror imaging effects are minimized and compensated for by the design of the enhancements, which include integrated mimics that tie the thrse panels together. They clearly indicate the load centers and instrument groupings. The arrangement is not considered a detriment to operator performance. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $h . Date: FEB 2 81996 ( ) Additional page(s) attached e A-19
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Dl-05 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: _ Uncovered Panel Holes COMMENT: Several panels have uncovered holes in them. , Item: 4.1.1.5 Ref.: A1.3 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C04A,B,C; 20C06A,B; 20C07B, 20C088, 20Cl2, 20Cl3, 20C43, 20C42 Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: These panels have unplugged, uncovered holes in them which allow s dirt and other foreign materials in. b RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) All surface defects (holes, scratches) will be corrected when panels are repainted. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached w, A-20
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT {B HED No. D2-01 EP = 4/PRI 4/6 Code A h
. TITLE:
. -. Control Distinction - - - - -
COMMENT: Common and unit specific controls are not clearly distinguishable.
~
Item: 4.1.2.1 Ref.: A2.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 90Cl23, 00C14 Component Name: See attached. ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: Controls' devoted to individual units and those common to both units are not easily distinguished on the Emergency Cooling 'q Water, and Common Area and Process Monitoring panels. No use of s_) demarcation lines. RESOLUTION: (Sched: See attached.) See attached. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide training to operators on enhancement scheme prior to ; implementation. in the control room and during licensing training. See'HED ST1-01. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. ; Team Approval Signature: #h Date: FEB 2 8 WI l (1) Additional page(s) attached ! l
)
l 1.\-MA
HED D2-01 attachmnnt Page 1 00Cl23
) HP SERV WTR PUMP BAY INLET VALVES (MO-3804A, MO-3804B)
(MO-2804A, MO-2804B) HPSE DISCHARGE VALVE TO POND (MO-2486) (MO-3486)
"A" EMERG SERV WTR INLET VALVE (MO-0501A)
"B EMERG SERV WTR INLET VALVE (MO-0501B)
"C" EMERG SERV WTR INLET VALVE (MO-0501C)
"A" HP SERV WTR INLET VALVE (MO-0502A) ,
"B" HP SERV WTR INLET VALVE (MO-0502B)
"C" HP SERV WTR INLET VALVE (MO-0502C)
"A" COOLING TOWER FAN (OAK 32)
"B" COOLING TOWER FAN (OB K32)
"C" COOLING TOWER FAN (OCK32)
- a. RESOLUTION: Code A PRI 4 Sched: None I
) Enhancements will be added to distinguish between unit instruments and common instruments.
related 00Cl4 STACK GAS RADIATION MONITOR A STACK GAS RADIATION MONITOR B
- b. RESOLUTION: Code A PRI 6 Sched: N/A This is a common panel for both units and it contains no unit related instruments. Monitors A and B are common to both plants.
Not a discrepancy. l
- /N l T,_) l
ff;} PEACH BOTTOM ti HED, ASSESSMENT HED No. D2-02 EP = 12/PRI 3 Code A
-TITLE:- - -
Demarcation and Mimic Lines COMMENT: i Generally demarcation lines and mimics are not used. Item: 4.1.2.2 Ref.: A2.2 Source: CRS A2.3 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: All ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Unit 2 uses few or no demarcation lines or mimics. Unit 3 has a j few mimics, but these are not considered adequate.
; MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS:
Current panel configuration has demarcations lines between major systems. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Overall enhancement design will rectify these discrepancies through use of demarcation, mimic standardization, and color enhancement. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: - Train personnel in enhancements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: $ Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached 'O U _ _ _ -A-22 _.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
l
; ,J PEACH BOTTOM
? HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D2-03 EP = 8/PRI 4 Code A
. _ . j TITLE:
Demarcation Line Contrast COMMENT: Dem,arcation lines that exist are difficult to see. Item: 4.1.2.3 Ref.: A2.5 Source: .CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C06 Component Name: Demarcation Lines ID or Number: N/A .
.. . DESCRIPTION: . . . - . . . . .
I The gray demarcation lines on a pale green background are
; difficult to distinguish and provide poor contrast.
MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: P Existing demarcations are raised silver metal. The team does not agree that they are a problem to see. i RESOLUTION: -(Sched: None ) The enhancement scheme has established appropriate colors for demarcation lines. ! TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. i PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. I Team Approval Signature: Date: FE8 2 8 NN ( ) Additional page(s) attached 4 ) i t A-23
PEACH BOTTOM 30- HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D2-04 EP = 6/PRI 3 Code A
--TITLE: - - -
Mimic Flowpaths COMMENT: , Mimic flowpaths are not clear. Item: 4.1.2.4 Ref.: A2.7 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All with mimics Component Name: Mimic Lines ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Mimics used in the Unit 3 control room are ambiguous and difficult to follow. This can hamper operations by confusing the control room personnel. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Simplify and reorganize mimic flow arrangements to allow for easy recognition as part of overall enhancement program. In the interim, arrows have been placed on existing: mimics. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
' Provide training in new mimic configurations.
PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Cb Date: FEB 2 819H ( ) Additional page (s) attached l l l i i
-------O
PEACH BOTTOM f3)'.. l- HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D2-05 EP = 8/PRI 1 Code A
~
E: Mimic Flow Direction COMMENT: i Flow direction on panel mimics not clear. Item: 4.1.2.5 Ref.: A2.9 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All with mimics
. Component Name: Mimic Lines ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
The mimics used in both control rooms do not clearly indicate
.a ^
flow direction. This could be confusing for the operator in time-critical operations. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Flow directional arrows will be marked on existing mimics. RESOLUTION: %26. , gg - (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Simplify mimic arrangements, add more directional arrows to indicate flow direction as part of overall enhancement design. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide training in new mimic patterns. PROCEDURE REQUIRCMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: '() Date: FEB 2 819N ( ) Additional page (s) attached o-na .
'* PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT , HED No. D2-06 EP = 8/PRI 4
-- Code A TITLE:
Mimic Consistency COMMENT: No documented mimic standard exists. Item: 4.1.2.6 Ref.: A2.4, A2.9, Source: CRS
. A2.10, A2.12 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Mimics ID or Number: N/A .
DESCRIPTION: [) Standard mimic color, symbol, and graphics coding does not exist for either Unit. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Since there are no present standards, operators do not attempt to interpret mimic meanings. Electrical bar mimics have a color standard. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Implement mimic color, symbols, and bar width standards as part of overall enhancement effort. Differ from EP of 8 because present mimics are adequate to guide operator and operators do not i'nterpret mimic meanings. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Incorporate in requalification and licensing training and upon initial implementation. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $ Date: Rg 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A-26
,, PEACH BOTTOM
) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D3-01 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code A
~
TITLE:
~ Control / Display Grouping COMMENT:
Some sontrols and displays are not grouped together. Item: 4.1.3.1 Ref.: A3.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C484A,B; 20C43 Component Name: Torus & Drywell Indicators /RCIC Con-trol / Displays ID or Number: O I-4963B, O I-4963D RCIC TURBINE SPEED, FLOW, TURBINE STOP VALVE TRIP, STOP VALVE CONTROL, STOP VALVE TRIP DESCRIPTION: Torus and Drywell Indicators are not grouped by system on the Cad. System Panel. Controls are not grouped by system on the Remote Shutdown Panel. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) 20C484 - Exchange Torus /Drywell indicators, and controls (see HED SD3-25). 20C43 - Add enhancements to clarify groupings (see HED SD3-23). TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Train personnel in meaning of enhancements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. TeamApprovalSignature:(h Date: FE8 28 mN ( ) Additional page (s) attached A-27
._, PEACH BOTTOM ;) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D3-02 EP = 6/PRI see attached Code: see attached TITLE:
Component Arrangement COMMENT: - Some components are not arranged in the expected manner. Item: 4.1.3.2 Ref.: A3.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C12, 30C12, 20Cl23, 20C43, 30C43 Component Name: See below ID or Number: See below DESCRIPTION:
"B" chilled water drywell isolation valves are above
() valves (C12); "B" recirculation pump chilled water flow indicator is left of "A" indicator (Cl2); valve MO-3972 for Unit 3 is above the "A" the corresponding valve for Unit 2 (C123); components on 20C43 and 30C43 are not ordered iden,tically. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) See attached. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide training to operators on enhancement scheme prior to implementation in the control room and during licensing training. See HED ST1-01. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None Team Approval Signature: Date:
, FEB 2 8 M6 (1) Additional page (s) attached O
A-28 _ _
g HED D3-02
./ "' attachment Page 1 Resolution:
20Cl2-30Cl2 Code: F PRI 4
- a. These values are in series and must be operated together.
Changing location will not inprove operation. A plant modification has removed the indications. 20Cl23 Code: F PRI 4 ,
- b. These are ESW isolation valve controls. They will both be
. operated at the same time. They are located on the same panel common to both plants. This arrangement is considered to be adequate. The panel will be enhanced to clarify relationships.
20C43-30C43 Code: A PRI 4
- c. Controls and displays are ordered identically, however, 20C43 has two controls (OAP57, OB P57 ) and two displays (PIO236AX, PIO236BX) not found on 30C43. There are no ESW controls or indication on the Unit 3 Remote Shutdown Panel.
() This is a common system to both units. A note will be added to Unit 3 RSP to remind the operator that they are located on the Unit 2 panel. O 1
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT - HED No. D3-03 EP = 9/PRI 1 Code A TITLE: Component String and Matrix Arrangement COMMENT: Some panels contain undivided strings and matrices of components. , Item: 4.1.3.3 Ref.: A3.4 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: C03, C04A, C06A, C07A, C08A, C0 9, C12, C14, C43, C123, C442, C484 Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: No demarcation lines, spacing, color coding, or hierarchal labeling is used to group components on many panels. } MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Interim mimics and/or demarcations have been added to all s'afety related panels. RESOLUTION: (Sched: C43 Panel - 1st Refuel ) Remainder - 2nd Refuel Apply panel enhancements according to overall enhancement philosophy where appropriate. Apply mimics and enhancements to remote shutdown panels as soon as possible. (C43). TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Incorporate in requalification and licensing training. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: j Date: gg 2 81986 ( l Additional page(s) attached G A-29
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT D HED No. D3-04 EP = 9/PRI 3 Code A TITLE: golor Coding Consistency COMMENT: Control coding not consistent with panel mimics. Item: 4.1.3.4 Ref.: A3.5 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C03, 00Cl23 Component Name: Containment Isolation Mimic ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: The controls on the ECCS panels are not color coded consistently l l with the color used in the Containment Isolation mimic. This could confuse the operator during abnormal operations. ,O MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Containment isolation controls do have a consistent color code and they can be related to the present summary panel by virtue of mimics. RESOLUTION: (Sched: C03 Panel - 2nd Refuel ) Cl23 Panel - None 20C03: The summary panel will be rearranged by isolation groups and enhanced The colors will directly relate the summary panel to the control handle colors for isolation valves. (See HED SD2-03 00Cl23: This panel does not have containment isolation valves: not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 819N ( ) Additional page (s) attached D-30
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
)
HED No. D3-05 EP = 9/PRI See Attached Code (see attached) TITLE: Control / Display Height COMMENT: Panels have controls / displays mounted above/below accepted limits. Item: 4.1.3.5 Ref.: A3.6 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: See attached. Component Name: See attached. ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: () Most vertical panels have controls and above and below recommended heights. displays mounted both RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) While a number of components violated height criteria, most wore infrequently operated or were not involved in safety operations. Consequently, the Team disagreed with the BWROG EP assigned. See attachments for detailed resolutions; related HEDs Il-01, 15-04, D7-04. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81936 (4) Additional page (s) attached O m
i ag. HED D3-05 0 31 attachment Page 1 00Cl24 THRUST BEARING WEAR TEST key switches (low) RCOolution: These are infrequently operated; only prior to Otnrting a feedwater pump. Operators are not under immediate time pressure. -Consequently, the safety significance is minimal. Code: F PRI: 4 9 00C123 COOLING TOWER FANS (OAK 32, OBK32, OCK32) (low) R300lution: These would be operated only in the event of major flooding or excessively low river water level. In either case, tha operator has sufficient time to manipulate them. Minimal COfoty significance. Code: F PRI: 4 , 20C37 - All APRM, LPRM, RBM indicator lights (high) G
, 'jocolution: These are mounted as to be easily viewed from the
'~R0cctor Console by a seated operator.
Code: F PRI: 4 20CO2/20Cll OFF LINE RAD MONITORS (20CO2) (high) POWER SUPPLY AREA MONITOR (20Cll) (low) REFUELING BRIDGE COUNTER (20Cll) (low) ROOolution: .These instruments are alarmed, and are easily read frca the break between consoles. Code: F PRI: 4
*20C10 BETA SCINT modules (low)
REAC BLDG VENT IND/ TRIP A POWER SUPPLY (high) REAC BLDG VENT IND/ TRIP A REAC ZONE counter (high) REAC BLDG VENT IND/ TRIP A REFUEL FLOOR counter (high) R;colution: These instruments are easily read by the operator fecm the break between consoles. Code: F PRI: 4
!?) HED D3-05 cv attachment Page 2 OOCl4 POWER SUPPLY MONITOR (low) - RADWASTE FILTER WATER AREA counter (low) WASTE SAMPLE TANK AREA counter (low) ADMIN BLDG counter (low) SOURCE VAULT U'-Rx BLDG EL 195 counter (low) ROColution: These instruments are alarmed and have indicator
-lights that light when a problem occurs and are visible to cperators.
~
Code: D Pri: 4 ,20C09 13.8 KV AUX BUS AMM FROM S.U. FDRS (high) 13.8 KV AUX BUS WATT FROM S.U. FDRS (high)
#2 UNIT AUX TRANS #1 BUS AMM (high) #2 UNIT AUX TRANS #1 BUS WATT (high) #2 UNIT AUX XMFR WM (high) #2 GEN A 0 AM (high)
GEN WATT METER (high) GEN FREQ METER (high) Cocolution: These instruments are easily read from the cperctors' station. Code: F Pri: 4 20CO3-2 AO-8998B (low) AO-8999B (low) AC-8998D (low) AO-8999D (low) R200lution: These instruments are used either during a post-LOCA cr wh n investigating a possible leak in the RHR system. In each coco, personnel are not involved in time sensitive operations. Code: F Pri: 4 O
HED D3-05 . , . attachment
'r Page 3 20CO3-1 MO-12-18 MO-10-32 MO-2-74 A0-8099A A0-8098A MO-12-08 MO-12-08 MO-2-86A A0-8099B A0-8098B MO-10-33 MO-2-80A MO-2-86B A0-8099C A0-8098C MO-2-38A MO-2 '.B MO-2-86C A0-8099D A0-'80980 MO-10-17 MO-2-80C MO-2-86D 2-3-32A 2-3-35A MO-12-15 MO-2-800 MO-2-77 (ALL TOO HIGH)
Resolution: These lights are being reorganized and enhanced to improve grouping and readability. (HED D3-04) Code: B Pri: 4 20CO3-4 A0-8099A & C (low) A0-8099A & C (low) Resolution: These instruments are used either during a post-LOCA or when investigating a possible leak in the RHR system. In each case, personnel are not involved in time sensitive operations. Code: F Pri: 4 2BC43 152-1801 (low) 152-1701 (low) Resolution: These controls are infrequently operated, consequently, safety significance is minimal. Code: F Pri: 4 20C13 Modular Units (low) Resolution: These instruments are used during system calibration only, and are not used during emergency situations. Code: F Pri: 4
._____m
HED D3-05 g attachment 5". Page 4 20CO3-3 Resolution: BACKUP INST Na (low) - normally closed, used infrequently DRYWELL ISOL (low) - normally open, used infrequently TORUS ISOL (low) - normally open, used infrequently 0 ANALYZER (low) - normally open, used infrequently DRYWELL VENT (low) - infrequently used during purging and shutdown, low safety significance TORUS VENT (low) - infrequently used during purging and shutdown, low safety significaqce TORUS VACUUM BKR (low) - these are automatic valves and require no operator manipulation Code: F Pri: 4 20C04B &C HPCI ISOL (low) RCIC ISOL (low) TORUS SUCTION (low) Resolution: These instruments are. alarmed and are normally set up for automatic operation. They are easily viewed and are infrequently operated. Code: F Pri: 4 20C06B RFPT LUBE OIL CLR COOLING WATER controllers (CV-2532A,B,C) (low) Resolution: These instruments are infrequently operated in situations which are not immediately time sensitive. Code: F Pri: 4 00C24
#3 STARTUP AND EMERG. REG. TRANS. INST.
#2 STARTUP TRANS. INST.
252-043, 252-041, 252-036, 252-0313 Resolution: The indicators are easily read from the operators' s ta t i on'. The controls are operated infrequently.
.i Code: F Pri: 4 ^
PEACH BOTTOM , HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D4-01 EP = 9/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Color Standards COMMENT: No plant mimic color standards exist. Item: 4.1.4.1 Ref.: A4.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Mimics ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: No plant color standards for existing or backfit mimics. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) 3 Implement mimic color, symbols, and bar width standards as part of overall enhancement effort. Priority differs from the EP because present mimics are adequate to guide operator, and operators do not have to interpret mimic meanings. (See ST-01 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Incorporate in requalification and licensing training and upon initial implementation. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $h Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached . _j A-32
PEACH BOTTOM Ih, HED ASSESSMENT i HED No. D5-01 EP = 8/PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Operation Limits and Warnings COMMENT: Operational limit, warning, or zone indications do not exist. Item: 4.1.5.1 Ref.: AS.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: All Displays ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: There are no official limits, warnings, or zones indicated of control room displays. RESOLUTION: (Sched: See TA HEDs ) Those instruments identified in the task analysis (see TA HEDs) will be enhanced through the application of zone markings or alarm points. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Train personnel in meaning of zone markings. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $ Date: FEB 2 81926 ( ) Additional page (s) attached e A-33
l PEACH BOTTOM
- ,: HED ASSESSMENT HED No. DS-92
~~
EP = 8/PRI 2 ! Code A l
~~
TITLE:
~
' Hierarchal Labeling .
COMMENT: No sys'em for hierarchal labeling exists. t , l Item: 4.1.5.2 Ref.: AS.3 Source: CRS l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All l Component Name: Labels ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: which
~~
Lack of ~ hierarchal labeling has resulted in labels are cramped and contain redundant information. !D' MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Emergency panels will always be manned by a Chief operator. I RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) l Use hierarchal labeling system with standard font, type style, l terminology, and locations. - l l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 ItM l ( ) Additional page(s) attached l l l !/ V l A-34
PEACH BOTTOM ((j:. HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D5-03 EP = 8/PRI 4 Code A TITLE:
' ~ ~
Panel ~ Identification COMMENT: Panels not identified. , Item: 4.1.5.3 Ref.: A5.4 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Panel Labels ID or Number: N/A DESCRI PTI f'A': All panels are not identified by number or function. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None. ) All panels and consoles will ce labeled with names and numbers. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: . None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: 4.jk , - 4_,, . None. Team Approval Signature: $f Date: FEB 2 819N () dditional page(s) attached I s A-35 -._-----_.-_-_________;
PEACH BOTTOM () HED ASSESSMENT HED No. DS-04 t EP = 6/PRI 4 Code A TITLE. Inconsistent Nomenclature and Abbreviations COMMENT: Many labels were inconsistent in the use of , nomenclature and abbreviations. r Item: 4.1.5.4 Ref.: AS.5 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel See attachment. Component Name: Same as above. ID or Number: Same as above. DESCRIPTION: of inconsis'te'ncies include:
^
Examples XMFR and XFMR appear on 60C26 for transformer; indicator labels on panel 20C04A do not always have the instrument number; 20C08B uses an unclear label (') "70% FSNL ACCPTBL"; 20C03 and 20C09 use AMM to represent amperes; 20C24 uses both TRANS and XMFR to denote transformer. See
. attached.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) IhEe.st@ardacronymsandabbreviations in nomenclature list as part of hierarchal labeling system. See attached list for specific resolution. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signatures Date: FEB 2 8 Mg (1) Additional page(s) attached L) A-36
$7 HED D5-94 paj) attachment i
Page 1 RESOULTION: All PSIG/VAC scales should read INCHES Hg VAC, not INCHES Ha0 i VAC. All dual scales will read "PSIG" near top of scale and "IN L..__ _xHg VAC". near bottom of scale.
~ ~ ~ ~~~
Ha0 applies only to differential pressure. , l
" INCHES HG VAC" missing; add to scale - (PI-2866).
l 20C98A - i PI-2494 reads in " INCHES H2 O VAC" and change to read j " INCHES Hg VAC." 29C94B - Scales use PSI; change to PSIG (PI-23-ll6). 20C94C - Scales use PSI; change to PSIG (PI-13-96). 20C12 - the following use " INCHES W.C." where W.C. = Water I Column: DPI-29993-1 DPI-29993-2 DPI-39993-1 DPI-39993-2
- DPI-39993-1 and DPI-39993-2 also use temporary labels s "IN W.C." '
l l - OPI-29991'uses " INCHES Ha0" l DPI-29992 uses " INCHES HaO" , I Change all of the above to IN W.C. See HED SI2-94. i l l l O P b t l@ L
PEACH BOTTOM
"')
- u. HED ASSESSMENT HED No. DS-95 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code A i.
TITLE: _ Label Type and Style COMMENT: Inconsistent use of label type and style.
- Item 4.1.5.5 Ref.: A5.6 Source: CRS
! IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C21, 20C03, 20C99, 20C24, 20C43 Component Name: Labels ID or Number N/A ,
~
DESCRIPTION: ! Labeling ~ was found to vary in type, style, and appearance on v- several panels. x_/ . RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) ; use specified standard label type and style in accordance with hierarchal labeling techniques. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. l , l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS:
- None.
Team Approval Signature "( Date: FEB 2 81N8 ( ) A ditional page(s) attached l l l
^u )
i _________ ____ _ _ _ ____ ___. _ ___ _ A - 3 7_ ___ _ _____
PEACH BOTTOM m g) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D5-06 i
, EP = 8/PRI 2 Code A TITLE:
Redundant Label Information
~
CdEMENT: Many labels contained redundant information., Item: 4.1.5.6 - Ref.: AS.7 Source: CRS i l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Labels ID or Number N/A DESCRIPTION: Label descriptions often contain redundant information which s causes labels to be difficult to read and makes it more difficult
*nr the operator to identify components.
_) NEi:OLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) , Reduce amount of unnecessary or redundant information from labels as part of overall hierarchal labeling program. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81988 () Additional page(s) attached I4 Ci) . A-38
3 PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
')
HED No. D5-07 EP = 6/PRI 4 i - See attached TITLE: Low Label Height COMMENT: ' j Some labels placed too low on the panels. Item: 4.1.5.7 Ref.: AS.9 Source: CRS i IDENTIFICATION: Panel; See attached. Component Name Labels ID or Number: See attached. l I DESCRIPTION: Some labels on vertical panels are placed too low for the operator to read easily, and are often obscured by controls. - A RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Relocate labels in accordance with hierarchal labeling system. See attachment for specific comments. Related HED: SD4-01. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: 1 Train personnel in meaning of enhancements. t PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: Update procedural terminology to match labels. Team Approval Signature Dates R$ 2 8 W l (2) Additional page(s) attached 1 v L_________.___ n-1)o _
75, HED D5-07 ./ attachment Page 1 20C06B "A", "B", "C" RFPT LUBE OIL CLR COOLING WATER controllers "C3", "C4", "C5", FEEDWATER HEATER BLEEDER TRIP VALVE POSITION indicators "C", "F" MOIS SEP DRNTK CONTR VLV POSITION indicators
~
Resolution: These are not safety items.and are therefore not a problem. Code: F i 20C36 CHANNEL F IRM CHANNEL D SRM CHANNEL H IRM Resolution: Approximately 40 inches high and are easily read. These are used only for NI tests. Code: F 00Cl24 RFPT LOW SPEED SW RFPT THRUST BEARING WEAR TEST Resolution: Blocking info. tags - not required for operator. Code: A 00Cl23 "A", "B", "C" COOLING TOWER FAN and associated dynotape labels Resolution: Labels are easily read; dymotape has been removed. Code F 20C13 VALVE CONTROL CHANNEL 1 VALVE CONTROL CHANNEL 2 VALVE CONTROL CHANNEL 5 Resolution: TIP not used by plant operators, therefore this is not a problem. Codes F 20C02 GAMMA SCINT - RADWAST EFFLUENT Resolution: Adequate information above meter - this label identifies type of meter. Codes F e 20Cll POWER SUPPLY AREA MONITOR 2.10 REFUELING BRIDGE Resolution: Label moved to top. Code: A
'") HED D5-97
; attachment Page 2 20C19 U2 ROOF VENT "A" BETA SCINT .
U2 ROOF VENT "A" VENT STACK EXH U2 ROOF VENT "A" CONTROL ROOM SUPPLY U2 ROOF VENT "B" BETA SCINT
-U2 ROOF VENT "B" VENT' STACK EXH '
U2 ROOF VENT "B" CONTROL ROOM SUPPLY OFF GAS HOLDUP TIMER LOOP lSEAN AND STACK FILTER ISO VALVE , Resolution: These are covered by indication higher on the panel and alarm. Labels are readable as presently installed and are infrequently used. Codes F 99C14 POWER SUPPLY AREA MONITOR RADWAST FILTER HATCH AREA WASTE SAMPLE TANK AREA ADMIN BLDG SOURCE VAULT U2 RX BLDG EL 195 Resolution Labels moved to location above instruments. Code: A 20C92-3 RHR SAMPLE LINE INBOARD ISOL VALVE B & D RHR SAMPLE LINE OUTBOARD ISOL VALVE B & D Resolution: Not obscured; easily read. Codes F 20C03-4 , RHR SAMPLE LINE INBOARD ISOL VALVE A & C RHR SAMPLE LINE OUTBOARD ISOL VALVE A & C Resolution: Not obscured; easily road. Codes F 2BC43 RCIC PUMP DISCH FLOW CONTROL,(2) Resolution Blind control modules; no labels required. l
' Code: A l l
PEACH BOTTOM
) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D5-08 EP = 6/PRI 6 Code A
__ . TITLE: . _ _ _ Incorrect Label COMMENT: Control switch mislabeled. ' Item: 4.1.5.8 Ref.: AS.10 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05A Component Name: Annunciator Acknowledge Switch ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: The annunciator acknowledge button on the COSA console is labeled
" Rod Sequence Control System".
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) None required. Observer incorrectly identified this pushbutton: it is labeled correctly. Not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: 73? 2 9 EN ( ) Additional page (s) attached 'O . ( A-40 . _ , . _
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D5-09 EP = 6 PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Incomplete Labels COMMENT: Controller labels incomplete. , Item: 4.1.5.9 Ref.: A5.10 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All. Component Name: Controllers. ID or Number: All. DESCRIPTION: Controller labels do not clearly specify what a change ~in output will do to the process being altered. See attached. RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Controllers will be labeled to clearly indicate what a change in output will do to the process being altered. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: p fjg, Date: FEB 2 8 IM6 (6) Additional page(s) attached O A-41
,- HED D5-09; Attachment Page 1
,)
There are 40 controllers on Unit 2. They have 11 different variations. Some variations look similar to others but are different. There are no labels that indicate the function of meters. Some controls are labeled with functions, some are not. The 11 variations are described below and have been given arbitrary type numbers 1 through 11.
#1 Block line center scale, no numbers, no units, no function identified.
Scale 0-100, no units, no function identified. Knob marked INC
)
#2 Scale 0-100, no units, no function identified.
scale 0-100, no units, no function identified. g;(=)qs Knob marked INC O
HED D5-09 Attachment Page 2
#3 i
Scale 0-100, no units, no function identified. () Knob marked INC 04 Scale 0-100, no units, no function identified. ' ()<%Ef Left knob marked Auto and Manual l Right knob marked INC
#5 Vertical scale 0-100, no units, no function identified.
Scale 0-100, no units, no function identified e Left unmarked pushbutton Right knob marked INC l
HED DS-09 Attachment Page 3 7
- ~:7 46 Black line center scale, no numbers, no units, no function identified. 7 reference lines connecting 2 scales.
% /- Circular scale with knob to control printer.
ggp Scale numbered, no units, no' function identified. Scale 0-100, no units, no function identified. Left knob labeled Auto and Manual. ON Right knob labeled INC
#7 Scale with 10,5,0,5,10, no units, no function identified.
I 1 5 References lines connecting 2 scales. Small circular scale with knob to control pointer. Y Scale numbered, specifies units, and is labeled SET POINT. { , ; Scale 0-100, no units, no function identified. e e Large knob with three positions labeled Auto, Balance, Manual. Appears to be a dual function knob; second function not identified. m.. N 5.' 43-1 #8 g i Scale above controller 0-1.0, no units function not identified. I 1 Scale with center marked 9, no units, function not identified. T ' Small . circular scales with knob to control pointer. Scale numbered, specifies unite, and is labeled SET POINT. I I Scale 0-100, no units, no function identified O Small knob, no function indicated. Slide switch marked Auto and Manual. .h
HED D5-09 Attachment Page 4 mw .. g u
#9 Scale with 10,5,0,5,10, no units, no function identi-fled.
I I l I e ' e e Large knob with three positions labeled Auto, Balance, Manual. Appears to be a dual function knob; second function not identified.
#10 Left scale has pointer, no graticules, a narrow green band at center scale, no units, no function identified.
, Center scale is rotating drum with numbers, no units, no function identified.
'^h __ Right vertical thumbwheel controls drum scale, no '/ indication of direction of movement. i I Drum rotates opposite direction from thumbwheel. e*e
- Similar to #7 except knob has five positions:
0-100, Auto, Balance, Manual, 0-100.
~
- JK 43-
#11
, , Scale above controller 0-100, no units, no function identified.
p Left scale has pointer, no graticules, no numbers, no function identified. Right scale 0-16 with units indicated, no function indicated. Knob to left of scales labeled "SP." Scale 0-100, no units, no function identified. Three pushbuttons labeled with standard symbols for manual control, Manual / Auto Transfer, Auto control (lef t to right) . Order of Auto and Manual is opposite from other controllers.
HED D5-09 Attachment Page 5 f) PANEL 20C07A: 2 Air Ejector Steam Pressure CV-2468 B,C Type 1, Lower scales marked, Open on left, close on right 3 Condensor
Dearating Steam CV-2468 A,
B,C 1 Hotwell Level, Course LC-2087 Type 4, Scale marked "REJ" on left, "MO" on right 1 Hotwell Level, FINE LC-2086 , Type 6, Lower scale marked "REJ" on left, "MO" on right 1 Recirc Flow FR-2210 Type 6 20C05A: 1 Feed Pump Bypass CV-2558 Type 8 Knob marked CLOSE, OUTPUT, OPEN (see HED SDS-01) , 3 Reactor Feed Pump Controls A,B,C ,.2%. Type 7 Lower scale marked CLOSE on left, OPEN on right j 1 Master Flow '~~' Type 10 Lower scale marked CLOSE on left, OPEN on right 1 C FD PP Disch Bypass Type 11 Lower scale marked CLOSE on lef t, OPEN on right 1 Recirc Master Flow Type 9' Lower scale marked "C" on left, "O" on right 1 CRD Flow control Type 10 Lower scale marked "C" on left, "O" on right 20C04A: 2 Recirc Pump Speed A,B Type 9 Lower scale marked "C" on left, "O" on right 1 Dump Flow CV-12-55 Type 3 Scale has "C" on left, "O" on right 20C07B: 3 RFPT LO CW CV-2532 A,B,'C Type 2 Parameter being controlled is not indicated pm
HED DS-09 Attachment Page 6 20C08B I 1 Turbine Lube Oil Cooling Water CV 2483 Type 2 Upper scale has "O" on left, "C" on right Lower scale not marked 00C123: 4 __. Sluice Gates Bay Level Type 6 20C09: ' 2 Gen H Cooling HCS-2485 Starter Cooling HCS-2487 Type 2 20C04B: 1 HPCI Pump Flow FC 8-23-108 Type 10 Lower scale has "C" on left, "O" on right 20C04B:. - - - 1 RCIC Pump Flow FC 2-13-91 Type 10 Lower scale has "C" on left, "O" on right . v 20C03: 2 RHR Pump Discharge CV-2677 A,B Type 6 1 Head Spray Flow CV-43 Type 10 2 Containment N2 Supply HCS FI 4947 A,B Type 2 Lower scale has "O" on left, "C" on right 1 Bleed Flow Torus HCS FI 4954 Type 2 Lower scale has "C" on left, "O" on right 00C196: 1 Jet Comp Steam Pressure PC-4018 Type 6 20C43: 1 RSP RCIC Pump Flow Type 10 G
l PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
)
HED No. D5-10 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code A TITLE! Vertical Label Orientation COMMENT: , Some labels oriented vertically. Item: 4.1.5.10 Ref.: AS.13 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20Cl2, 00C123, 20C05A Component Name: See attached. ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: Labels are generally ordered horizontally from left to right,
- however, some labels have been attached vertically. See attached.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) See attached. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 M
, (1) Additional page (s) attached %J A-42
m HED D5-10
$Uh attachment LUI Page 1 RESOLUTION:
20C05A "A", "B" and "C" TURNING GEAR MOTOR controls have the Pull-to-Lock position label mounted vertically. Resolution: Provide new eschutcheon plate using Hierarchal labels. '(CodeA)
~
l REACTOR FW STARTUP RECIRC VALVES have "585 PSIG" labels _ajoining them mounted vertically. Resolution: This label is not required and will be eliminated. , (Code A) 20C12 DRYWELL COOLER FANS switches all have electrical labels mounted vertically to their right. Resolution: As part of the hierarchal labeling scheme, the appropriate information has been placed on the standardized (} label. This eliminates the need for vertical labels. (Code A) CHILLED W A and B CW HDR TRANSFER VALVES and the DRYWELL SUMP COOLER CHILLED WATER switches also have electrical labels mounted vertically to their right. Resolution: As part of the hierarchal labeling scheme, the appropriate information has been placed on the standardized label. This eliminates the need for vertical labels. (Code A) 00Cl23 ' UNIT 3 "A" and "B" SLUICE GATE switches and the UNIT 2 & 3 CROSS TIE SLUICE GATE switch have electrical labels mounted vertically on their left. (Code A) Resolution: As part of the hierarchal labeling scheme, the appropriate information has been placed on the standardized
' label.
This eliminates the need for vertical labels. (code A)
- O 4
I f l
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D6-01 EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A TITLE:
-Temporary Labels COMMENT:
Temporary labels are inconsistently used. , Item: 4.1.6.1 Ref.: A6.1 Source: CRS 4.1.6.2 A6.2 4.1.6.3, 4.1.6.4 A6.6 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Temporary Labels ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Temporary labels and informational notes on the panels are not applied consistently, do no conform to nomenclature, font, and color codes, appear makeshift, tend to clutter the panels and are s excessively u'ed. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) A surveillance test has been written to perform periodic review of panels. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: ) Date: FEB 2 81%$ ( ) Additional page (s) attached 1 s"
\
I A-43
1 1 PEACH BOTTOM
, HED ASSESSMENT
.J l
\
HED No. D6-02 EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Temporary Label Application COMMENT: No control over application of temporary labels. Item: 4.1.6.2 Ref.: A6.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Temporary Labels ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Temporary labels cra applied on tape, paper, dymotape, and other materials. No' standaro material for application appears to exist. 3 RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) A surveillance test has been written to perform periodic review of panels. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: h, Date: FEB 2 813BS ( ) Additional page (s) attached
/
G A-44
PEACH DOTTOM 3 HED ASSESSMENT J HED No. D6-03 EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Temporary Label Standards COMMENT: No color, abbreviation, or nomenclature stand.ards for temporary labels. Item: 4.1.6.3 Ref.: A6.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Temporary Labels ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: No standards for color, font, abbreviations, or nomenclature -- appear to exist for temporary labels. This results in very confusing labels. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) A surveillance test has been written to perform periodic review of panels. Although standards have been developed for permanent changes, these are not required for temporary application. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 BBS ( ) Additional page (s) attached i 1 3-A-45
l l l PEACH BOTTOM e3, HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D6-04 EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: _ _ _ . . _ Temporary Label Location COMMENT: Temporary labels have no standard location. , Item: 4.1.6.4 Ref.: A6.6 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Temporary Labels ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Temporary labels are makeshift and placed where convenient with
. _ _ .no apparent standards. This makes the panels appear cluttered and confusing.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) A surveillance test has been written to perform periodic review of panels. Although standards have been developed for permanent changes these are not required for temporary application. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature:- Date: FEB 2 8196 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
,O -
x_/ A-46_ . _ _ _ - - - - - _-
m_ _ _ . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _. _. . . _ _ PEACH BOTTOM QS) HED ASSESSMENT v HED No. D6-05 EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A TITLE _:_ _ Temporary Label'" Administrative Procedure COMMENT: No administrative procedure for use and review of temporary labels exists. Item: 4.1.6.5 Ref.: A6.7 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Administrative Procedure ID or Number:. N/A DESCRIPTION:
-"' ' There is no formal administrative procedure for applying and
,_ . reviewing temporary changes to control room panels. , t-2
- - RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) ;
A surveillance test has been written to perform periodic review of panels. Although standards have been developed for permanent changes, these are not required for temporary application. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: #) , Date: FEB 2 8 ISN ( ) Additional page (s) attached i O
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
}
HED No. D7-01 EP = 9/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Control Panel Access COMMENT: Panel' access obstructed by consoles. , Item: 4.1.7.1 Ref.: A7.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: C06B, C07B, C088, C21, C36, C124, C05B, C123, Cl3, C37, CO2, Cll, C10, 00C14 Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Direct access to vertical panels behind consoles is difficult due f; to the location of the benchboard consoles. J RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Access is adequate for purpose intended. Instruments on back panels provide operational support and do not require immediate operator action. Therefore, the team disagrees with EP value of 9. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81996 ( ) Additional page (s) attached l l 1 I 1 A-48 l
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT 17) L2. HED No. D7-02 EP = 9/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: ECCS Panel Access COMMENT: Access to the ECCS panel can be obstructed. , Item: 4.1.7.2 Ref.: A7.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C203 Component Name: ECCS ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Operator access to the ECCS panel can be obstructed by control room traffic and non-essential personnel. RESOLUTION: - (Sched: N/A )"~ Operating personnel have been informed to pay increased attention O'.,
.c to personnel in the control room. Operators have the ability to remove individuals from the control room rapidly when access to these panels is needed. In addition, a sign is ,available that restricts entry to control room that can be used during a transient. No change in present practice is recommended. A designated control room supervisor has been added to ensure proper personnel management. See also HED E3-01. (3p - ms, ce .
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81996 p ( <'
) Additional page(s) attached 1
s-w.
~_,
A_49
l l i PEACH BOTTOM ,@, HED ASSESSMENT a HED No. D7-03 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Moveable Obstructions COMMENT: Modular panel units obstruct panel access. ' Item: 4.1.7.3 Ref.: A7.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C36, 20Cl3, 20CO2, 20C10, 00C14 Component Name: Modular Drawers ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Several panels use modular drawer-like components that, when pulled out for maintenance, obstruct access to other panels. (]) Alse, access. the portable cooling fans used by operators impede panel RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Mc:*i f ications 983 and 831 are in progress to provide adequate cooling to allow these components to remain in their proper position 42:' The temporary fans will be removed an additional modification will be developed for the following: Unit 2: RIS-2979 A&B, Common: RIS-0760 A&B, Unit 3: RIS-3979. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: . Date: FEB 2 81H6 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
,.f a-m
l l PEACH BOTTOM
) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D7-04 EP = 9/PRI 4 Code: F TITLE: _
__ Low Control / Disp 1ay Visibility
. . _ . _. _ _ . . ~~
COMMENT: Controls and displays on lower portions of panels behind benchboards cannot be viewed. Item: 4.1.7.4 Ref.: A7.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C06B, 20C07B, 20C08B, 20C21, 20C036, 20Cl24, 00C123, 20Cl3, 20C37, 20C02, 20Cll, 20C10, 00Cl4, 20C048, 20C04C Component Name: See D3-05 attachment. ID or Number: See D3-05 attachment. f3 DESCRIPTION: I Controls and displays on the lower portions of the vertical panels located nehind benchboard consoles are not visible from the primary operating area. RESOLUTION: (Shed: None ) Most controls and displays mounted below 48" are not safety related and, as such, do not constitute an operational problem, no changes recommended. Those that are safety related are alarmed to alert operators (see D3-05 attachment) . Therefore,
'the team disagreed with an EP value of 9.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: , , Date: FEB 2 819N ( ) Additional page (s) attached O ' A-51
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT { HED No. D7-05 EP = 6/PRI 6 Code A TITLE:
-~ '---~
Panel ~ Visibility ~ ~ ' ~ ^ ~ '~~ ~ COMMENT: TV cameras and posts obscure panels. i Item: 4.1.7.5 Ref.:- A7.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A
. . Component Name: TV Camera & Post ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
Cameras and posts located in control' room partially obscure the ] . operator's view of control panels and annunciators. l MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Obstruction is minimal. Operators can move slightly to see t 'around posts and cameras. 4 RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) There is no significant obstruction of visibility. This is not c considered to be a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: 4 None. Team Approval Signature: #$h Date: FR 2 8 Mt ( ) Additional page(s) attached i O i l L ^-52
l PEACH BOTTOM l .) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. D7-06 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code D TITLE: Annunciator Location COMMENT: Some annunciators not located in control room. Item: 4.1.7.6 Ref.: A7.3 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 00C196 Component Name: Annunciators ID or Number: Recombiner DESCRIPTION: Recombiner Panel and Annunciators are not visible from the s control ' room. Operator must leave control room to identify alarms. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The 00C196 panel is in the control room. Master annunciators have been added by Mod 967 to Unit 2 in the primary operating area to alert the chief operator who can leave the primary area to acknowledge it. Until the Mod is performed on Unit 3, a loud buzzer will sound at 00C 196, which is audible in the primary operating area. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: h Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
- l 1
A-53
_s PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
.)
HED No. El-01 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Panel Access and Communication COMMENT: Panels difficult to accesc while using the PA, system.
" Item: 4.6.1.1 Ref.: F1.3 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: I.11 Back Walls and Vertical Panels Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
Only the consoles are easily accessible to an operator using the
- P.A. System.
- r -)
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) PA System phones have been added so that all panels are accessable using PA phones. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: "h Date: FEB 2 8 M6 ( ) Additional page (s) attached
\
_/ A-54
PEACH BOTTOM 'h HED ASSESSMENT HED No. El-02 EP = 9 /PRI 1 Code A TITLE:
-P.A. System Access COMMENT:
Difficult to access P.A. System during busy periods. , Item: 4.6.1.2 Ref.: F1.4 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: P.A. System ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: It is difficult for operators to get priority access to the P.A. System during busy periods such as outages. This could cause '~N problems by delaying important directives and reports. 0 . RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) A modification is planned to provide an operator cut in capability. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None.. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signaturo: ) Date: FEB 2 8 M6 ( ) Additional page(s) attached !O G A-55 i
PEACH BOTTOM f) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. El-03 EP = 8/PRI 6 Code A
.__ _.-. TITLE: - . _ _
COMMENT: l No auditory alarm prioritization.
- Item:- 4.6.1.3 Ref.:' F2.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Auditory Alarms ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
Auditory alarms are not prioritized and this could cause confusion if more than one audible tone sounded simultaneously. () RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) There are four different audio alarms: 1) Bell for plant annunciators 2) Bell with different tone for ECCS 3) Buzzer for Electrical and Rad monitoring panel 4) Electronic sound for Off-Gas panel. These alarms are used to identify source, not priorty. No- priority 'is required since priority depends upon ' situation. This is not considered to be a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
- None.
PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None.
~
Team Approval Signature: $ Date: FEB 2 8 MS ( ) Additional pages (s) attached I I A-56 __
i PEACH BOTTOM f$) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. El-04 EP = 6/PRI 6 Code A
~ -~
TITLE: Phone / Radio Audibility COMMENT: Difficult to hear phones and radios. , Item: 4.6.1.4 Ref.: F2.4 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Plant Telephones / Radios ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
' phones From th~e unit operators desk it is difficult ~to hear the ,_ and radios located in the center of the control room.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) The center control console is manned by the chief operator and the unit operator is not required to hear these phones or radios. Not considered to be a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: 1 Date:FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached lb - A-57 _ , _ _ , __
-~ PEACH BOTTOM ,[9 HED ASSESSMENT HED No. El-05 EP = 4/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: P.A. System Audibility COMMENT: P.A. System excessively loud. ' Item: 4.6.1.5 Ref.: F2.5 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: P.A. System ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: While the P.A. System sound measurements were acceptable, the operators and CRS team members felt the volume to be excessively loud. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) , Volume control has been installed. Volume has been adjusted to obtain best balance between PA and other auditory sounds. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: , Date: FEB 2 31986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached O Q-58
PEACH BOTTOM , HED ASSESSMENT HED No. E2-01 EP = 12/PRI 3 Code A TITLE: Illumination Levels COMMENT: Control room too dark.
, Item: 4.6.2.1 Ref.: F3.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
Control room lighting is kept below recommended illumination levels by the operators. I) MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: The lower light level allows easy identification of indicator light status and annunciator alarms. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Modification and in-planning phase to upgrade lighting levels to 60 ft. candles (dimable). (
Reference:
Facilities Planning Report, dated April 17, 1985) The Review Team agrees that it is desireable to improve lighting levels, but do not agree with an EP of 12 since operating experience has not indicated lighting related operational difficulties. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached O A-59
PEACH BOTTOM [] HED ASSESSMENT HED No. E3-01 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code B TITLE: Contro1' Room Traffic COMMENT: Excessive traffic in control room. Item: 4.6.3.1 Ref.: F6.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: While access to the control room is controlled by a key-card door, operators feel the amount of traffic in the control room must be further reduced. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Operating personnel have been informed to pay increased attention to personnel in the control room. Operators have the ability to remove individuals from athe control room rapidly when access to these panels is needed. In addition, a sign is available that restricts entry to control room that can be used during a change in present practice is recommended. transient. No A designated control room supervisor has be added to ensure proper personnel management. See also HED D7-02 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 Ises ( ) Additional page(s) attached O s l\ A-60 l(
PEACH BOTTOM c7 HED ASSESSMENT HED No. E3-02 EP = 12/PRI 4 Code F TITLE: Protective Clothing COMMENT: No protective clothing located in the control room. Item: 4.6.3.2 Ref.: F6.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Anti-contamination Clothing ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: No protective clothing for operators is accessible within the control room. This could be problematical if the building air supply system became contaminated. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: O Most probable diffficulties in control room would involve chemical contamination, not radioactive contamination. Respira-tors are available for operators. Anti-C clothing is available in the Turbine building where contamination is more likely. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None,, )
%3M c -
Control room has a continually monitoring sel f-c'o ntl+ined ventilation system. Use of protective clothing is not considered to be necessary.within the control room under any conditions. This equipment is available in the Turbine Bldg., which is not expected to be contaminated easily, or have significant airborne problems. Storing . protective clothing in the control room is unnecessary 'and will increase the congestion in a already over crowded area. Not considered to be a valid requirement because of control room design. Therefore, the team disagrees with an EP of 12. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 506 ( ) Ad 1tional page (s) attached L _ A-61
, I PEACH BOTTOM 4S' HED ASSESSMENT d HED No. E3-03 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code A TITLE
- _ c. . _ . - - - Breathing Apparatus Location - _
COMMENT: Operators not aware of breathing apparatus location. Item: 4.6.3.3 Ref.: F6.3 Source: CRS l I IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Breathing Apparatus ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Emergency breathing apparatus -is available in the .. control- room ____ i but operators are not aware of its location as it is poorly , 2
. marked.
MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Chlorine system has been removed from site, and the control room has an emergency air supply . , g,qp,0LUT.N: , (Sched: None ) Operators know location of breathing apparatus. Door to room containing apparatus will be labeled appropriately. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: '
- .None.
I i ! Approval Signature: 'Date: FEB 2 81Ns U e ; I ( ) Additional page (s) attached
- D I
, . , . - - - _~ . _ . -
.A-62 ,_ , _ , _ _ __, _ ,_ _, _ , _ ,
PEACH BOTTOM 7} HED ASSESSMENT s HED No. E3-04 EP = 12 PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Portable Radiation Monitoring Equipment COMMENT: Radiation monitors not available in control room. Item: 4.6.3.4 Ref.: F6.4 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Portable Radiation Monitors ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: . Portable radiation monitors are not stored in the control room. 3 MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Control room personnel have access to qualified HP personnel at all times. The HPs have appropriate monitoring equipment. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) A portable radiation monitor is now stored in the control room area. r. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: , Date: FEB 2 81388 ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A-63
/
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. E3-05 EP = 12 /PRI 4 Code A TITLE:
-- - - Control Operation COMMENT:
Operators have no experience operating plant while in protective clothing. Item: 4.6.3.5 Ref.: F6.5 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Protective clothing limits operator vision, maneuverability, and
*4 communication. At present operators have no experience in operating the plant while wearing protective clothing. This could be a problem should operators be in a situation where protective clothing is required.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Operators are trained yearly in the operation and use of breathing apparatus. A demonstration will be conducted on the simulator using emergency procedures in order to determine whether any additional training is required. A previous test was conducted demonstrating that no additonal training is required, but the test was'not documented. Additional training will be conducted if necessary. No protective clothing is required in this control room. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
- None.
PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 its
;} .6dditional page (s) attached A-64
l l l l PEACH BOTTOM f) HED ASSESSMENT E3-06 HED No. EP = 2/PRI 6 Code A TITLE:
' Fountain' Locations ~~~ ~ ~~
COMMENT: No water fountain in control room.
- Item: 4.6.3.6 Ref.: F6.6 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Fountain ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
At present operators must be relieved in order to leave the
, control room for a drink or to use the toilet. This appears
,3 g inconvenient. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) None needed: toilet and kitchenette are provided within the control room confines and administrative procedures exist to allow operators to use these facilities at their convenience TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None.
, PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS:
None. Approval Signature: , Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached 9 I - -- - - . A-65 . _ _ - __ ._ .
i PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
}
HED No. E3-07 EP = 12 /PRI 3 Code A TITLE: Emergency Lighting COMMENT: Emergency lighting levels are too low. , Item: 4.6.3.7 Ref.: F6.8 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Emergency Lighting ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Emergency lighting levels are below the recommended 20 ft. p_.. candles (between 5 and 8 ft. candles). RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Emergency lighting has been upgraded in the control room and levels have been verified. Lighting now meets reguirements. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
/
A-66
i PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. E4-01 EP = 6/PRI 5
~ ~
Code A TITLE: Ambient Noise Levels - COMMENT: Noise levels appear high. Item: 4.6.4.1 Ref.: F7.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: .
appears Ambient noise levels are acceptable, but the PA system somewhat loud.
RESOLUTION: . (Sched: N/A ) Volume control has been installed. Volume has been ajusted to obtain best balance between PA and other auditory sounds. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: , f Date:Fgg 2 8 Igg ( 0 Additional page (s) attached . _ - - _ - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ D- 6 7 __ __
3 PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. E4-02 EP = 2/PRI 4
, Code: A TITLE:
Telephone Cords , COMMENT: Telephone cords are hazardous. Item: 4.6.4.2 Ref.: F7.6 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Telephones ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Telephone cords in the control room are long and may cause a tripping hazard when phones are in use. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Must be long so operator can go behind consolas to view controls and indicators on vertical boards. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Control room operations personnel are the only individuals in the control room during plant emergencies and control room traffic is kept to a minimum. No sudden or rapid movements are desireable in any esse. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: Date:FEB 2 81986 ( ( ) Additional page (s) attached A-68
l I PEACH BOTTOM ,.33, HED ASSESSMENT
') HED No. 11-01 EP = 9/PRI 4 Code: F TITLE:
- - Controller Height Low _
COMMENT: Some controllers are excessively low. , Item: 4.2.1.1 Ref. Bl.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C06B, 20C09 Component Name: See below. ID or Number: See below. DESCRIPTION: - RFPT LUBE OIL controllers on C06B and GEN H COOLING WATER controllers on C09 are located below minimum recommended height and are difficult to operate.
--)
J RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) As these components are not safety related and are within the reach of an operator using torso flexion, this is not considered a problem. (See HED D3-05.) The team disagreed with the EP value 9 for these particular contols. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 INS i ( ) Additional page(s) attached l q) nann .- - - - - - - - - - - _-_--_----_-_ -- _ __ _ _--_
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
)
HED No. 11-02 EP = 6/PRI 6 Code A TITLE: Controller Markings COMMENT: Some controller markings are obscured. , Item: 4.2.1.2 Ref.: Bl.3 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20Cl23, 00C196 Component Name: Controller ID or Number: Unit 2& 3 "A" and "B" HPSW PUMP BAY LEVEL controllers DESCRIPTION: The " auto" and " manual" controller select positions are obscured
- ' by visual obstructions on the recombiner and emergency cooling water panels.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Controller selector positions are clearly visible and readable. Not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 () ditional page(s) attached B-W@
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Il-02A EP = 6/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Inappropriate Control Positions COMMENT: Controller has excessive control positions. Item: 4.2.1.2 Ref.: Bl.3 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20003 Component Name: Flow Control Drag Valve ID or Number: RHR System DESCRIPTION: Two controllers on the ECCS panel have " auto" and ma nua l" selector positions while the controllers are entirely manual. j-~ This could cause operators to become confused. %J RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) The auto / manual switch is not installed on this controller. The
" auto" position labels have been removed.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. ,
' PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS:
None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 819N ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A-71
i PEACH BOTTOM ch HED ASSESSMENT Q HED No. 12-01 EP = 12/PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Indicator-zone Markings COMMENT: Scales have no apparent zone markings. , Item: 4.2.2.1 Ref.: B2.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All Component Name: Indicators ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Indicator scales have not.been marked or coded to indicate normal and abnormal zones and ranges. RESOLLTION: (Sched: see TA HEDs ) Those instruments identified in task analysis will be enhanced through the application of zone markings or alarm points (see HED DS-01). TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Train personnel in meaning of zone markings. . PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: Dates FEB 2 8 1908 7 ( ) Additional page (s) attached nv _ _ . _ _ --____________.._________1______.____. _ __ _ A- 7 2
f I
- s PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT 4[ D HED No. 12-02 EP = 6/PRI 3 Code A TITLE:
Display Glare COMMENT: Some displays suffered from glare and parallax. Item: 4.2.2.2 Ref.: B2.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C06A, C07A, C08A, C43, C123, C196 Component Name: See attached. ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: Glare and parallax were observed on several displays - especially on those located higher up on the benchboards and panels. hESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The control room remodeling project will result in more diffuse lighting with reduced glare (see HED SE2-02). The type of meters used in this plant do not have parallax. .
%>; g-TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
None ., PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: $h , Date: FEB 2 8 NN (1) Additional page(s) attached O
HED I2-92 attachment } 99Cl23 20C43 LI-2894A DRYWELL PRESSURE LI-2894B TORUS TEMP PI-9559 REACTOR WATER LEVEL PI-9859 REACTOR PRESSURE LI-9503 REACTOR WATER LEVEL _ _-. - LI-3894A-- - - - ---
-REACTOR PRESSURE ---
LI-3894B TORUS LEVEL - TORUS PRESSURE RCIC FLOW , 20C96A RCIC TURBINE SPEED CONDENSATE STACK LEVEL l FR-2132 ~ RCIC PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE FR-2959 RCIC PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE ; RCIC TURBINE SUPPLY PRESSURE l RCIC TURBINE EXHAUST PRESSURE ( 20C07A ; 92R-2556 00C196 PR-2154 ; LR-2217 PI-2771A . LR-2985 PI-2771B l FR-2799 FI-4929 PI-4918 Of ~ TI-4923 i 20C98A TI-4924 i TI-4929 PI-2419 H 2 1-4929 l PI-2498 FI-4942
-2497 PI-4943 324 g - H 2 I-4983 :
PI-2494 TI-9783 [ PI-2493 ' DPI-2176A DPI-2176D - CV-2913A PI-2998A PI-2117A PI-2176A PI-2179A PI-2180 PI-2656A FI-2-86A FI-2-86B FI-2-86C FI-2-86D,
PEACH BOTTOM g) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 12-03 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code F TITLE: Scale Unfrs COMMENT: Scales have no specified units of measure. Item: 4.2.2.3 Ref.: B2.3 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C09 Component Name: Controller Displays ID or Number: GEN H2 COOLING WATER DESCRIPTION: - Indicator scales associated with the GEN H2 COOLING WATER
-s controllers on the Generator and and Auxiliary Power panel are j scaled 0-100 with no units of measure identified.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) These meters are standard on all controllers throughout the control room and indicate command signal for. valve position in percent. Operators are adequately trained in use and interpreta-tion of these controllers. Not considered to be a significant discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: h Dat
- FEB 2 819N
( ) Additional page(s) attached D-74
. . .n - - - . , . . . _ . . -- .. . - . . - . . - ---. ~ . - . . - - -
I- '. I l ! L;y PEAC,H BOTTOM F . HED ASSESSMENT ! i _ HED No. 12-94 l EP = 4/PRI 4 l l Code r i L.,' -- TITLE:, .. Pointers Obscure Markings l I COMMENT: ' Pointers on several indicators obscute the scale markings. l Item 4.2.2.4 Ref.: B2.5 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panal: 20C99, 29C36 Component Name: Circular Analog Meters ; i ID or Number: All , a t t i DESCRIPTION: L . r The pointers on the circular analog meters on the Generator and Auxiliary power and the Start-up Range Neutron Monitoring panels s obscure the scale markings making it difficult to read the scales L accurately. These are GE meters typically used on electrical j panels. i RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The pointers are narrow and only partially obscure the numbers'. l Operators have no trouble reading the numbers. Values to be read , on these meters are stable. This is not a significant problem. ( ,
. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
P None. PROCEDURL REQUIREMENTS: None. +
~
Approval Signatures Dates FEB 2 8 MN
)h
(
-( ) Additional page(s) attached l l
l t 1-
~ .' - -- -- _ ----_ - - -- - aen - _ - _ - . _ - - - - - - _ - - - _ _ - -
PEACH BOTTOM
) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 12-05
, EP = 4 /PRI 5 Code A
~~~~ - ' " TITLE: Recorder' Scale Compatability, COMMENT:
Some recorders use different scales from associated indicators. Item: 4.2.2.5 Ref.: B2.8 Source: CRS AutariricATAvu: Fanel: uweise Component Name: Recorder ID or Number: FR-4020, FR-4023 DESCRIPTION: The recorders are scaled 0-100, x100 while the associated indicators are scaled 0-10,000 on the Off-gas Recombiner panel. ( p_ )
%J RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A )
The indicator has been moved to panel C07A and is scaled the same as the recorder on.the off-gas panel. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81988 ( ( ) Additional page (s) attached
/
f }
- V A-76
i
)
)) PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. I2-06 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Scale Compatability COMMENT: use Several scales used for comparative readings varying scales. Ref.: B2.10 Source: CRS Item: 4.2.2.6 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05A, 20C08A Component Name: See below. ID or Number: 05A: PI-2-06-90A,B,C 08A: PI-2177A, 2178A, 2179A DESCRIPTION:
) In several instances, indicating devices used scales that did not facilitate comparative readings: for example, RX PRESSURES A & B PRESSURE C on the reactor panel are in actual values while RX uses a x100 scale.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: None )
- 1. 20C05A: See HED SI2-03.
- 2. 20C08A: These scales measure different stages of the LP turbine and cover different ranges. They cannot use the same scales. Not considered a discrepancy.
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81988 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A-77
i PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. I2-06A EP = 4/PRI 3 Code A TITLE: Display Grouping COMMENT: Displays not grouped for comparative reading. Item: 4.2.2.6 Ref.: B2.10 Source: CRS l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: (Various Panels) l Component Name: See above. ID or Number: See above, l DESCRIPTION: In several cases, displays are not grouped for easy comparison: l for example,. on the Remote Shutdown Panel the RPV TEMP and LEVEL displays are separated. l l RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) l Panels will be enhanced through the use of color pads, I demarcation, mimic, and hierarchal labeling to better identify functional and related component grouping. Related HEDs: D2-03. SD3-91. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
- Train personnel in meaning of enhancements.
PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signatures , Dates FE8 2 8 WM ( ) Additional page (s) attached m _ _ _ _ _ - _ - . _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . - - _ _ _ - - _ . _- . IV W .
^'i PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 12-07 EP ? 4/PRI 3 Code A TITLE: Scale Subdivisions COMMENT: , Scale subdivisions are not accurate enough for the task. Item: 4.2.2.7 Ref.: B Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 00C196 Component Name: Hydrogen Indicator ID or Number: H21-4083 DESCRIPTION: s The H2I-4083 indic-tor on the Off-Gas Recombiner panel uses a j handwritten reale with units 1 inch apart reading 0, 1.25, 2.50,
' This is not accurate enough for monitoring H levels.
3.75, 5.0. 2 RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Provide new scales that meet guidelines. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: hjgg Date: FEB 2 81H6 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A-79
PEACH BOTTOM (7) HED ASSESSMENT
/
HED No. I2-08 EP = 8/PRI 4 Code F TITLE: Excessive Scale Graduations COMMENT: . A number of indicators had excessive scale graduations. Item: 4.2.2.8 Ref.: B2.12 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: C03, C04, COSA, C06A, C07A, C08A, C09, Cl3, C37, C196, C484 Component Name: See attached. ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: Several scales had more than nine intermediate scale graduations between major markings. (Also see HEDs SI2-04, 12-09.) RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Many scales have more than nine grad a stions between numbered markings. All these scales have been reviewed by the team (see comments on attached list). Nevertheless, these scales have clear and appropriate subdivisfor.s within the intermediate graduations and were found to be easily read. In most cases, the scale is numbered 30, 60, 90, and each has three major subdivisions of equal markings, but are not numbered to reduce scale clutter. No changes required (sco HED I2-09). TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 bl6 (2) Additional page (s) attached s A-80
E , , t HED 12-98 (h)-
~" ~
attachment Page 1 20C07A (the following are readable, no change) LI-2278B
~ LI-2278C "A","B","C" Circ. Wtr. Pumps 20C98A (the following are readable, no change)
PI-2493 PI-2994. PI-278A,B,C PI-2179A,B,C
. 29C95A "A", "B" , "C" RFP DISCH PRESS - 15 grads, but readable as these are subdivided every 5 grads by a heavy, longer line.
' 20C04A (the following are 15 grads, but readable as these are
() subdivided every 5 grads by a heavy, longer line)
"A" PUMP SEAL NO. 1 "A" PUMP SEAL NO. 2 "A" REACT. RECIRC. M/G SET GEN. AMM.
"B" PUMP SEAL NO. 1 "B" PUMP SEAL No. 2 .
"B" REACT RECIRC. M/G/ SET GEN. AHM.
- HEAD COOL FLOW REGEN HEAT. EXCHANGE INLET PRESS 20C12 PI-2429A,B,C - 15 grada, but easily readable as these are subdivided every 5 grads by a heavy, longer line PI-2286 - 25.grada, but subdivision every 5 grads, readable 20C968 FI-2472A,B --15 grada, but easily readable, subdivision every 5 grads TR-2492 - 25 grads, but subdivision every 5 grads, readable O .
e
% O
- u. -
w
) HED I2-08 attachment Page 2 00C24 (the following are 15 grads, but readable, subdivided every 5 grads)
#3 S.U. & EMERG. REG. TRANS. WATT NORTH SUB NO. 1 TR. TERTIARY
#3 S.U. BUS VM
#2 S.U. TRANS. WATT
#2 S.U. A BUS VM
#2 S.U. BUS VM i
#2 S.U. B BUS VM 20C43 (the following are 15 grads, but readable subdivided every 5 grads)
RCIC TURBINE SUPPLY PRESSURE RCIC PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE RCIC PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE 23C04B (the followirig are 15 grads, but readable, subdivided every 5 grads) ,q PI-il6 PI-109 PI-111 20C04C (the following are 15 grads, but readable, subdiveded every 5 grads) PI-93 PI-94 PI-96
II f PEACH BOTTOM , HED ASSESSMENT
~
o
~ ~ '
HED No. 12-09 EP = 2/PRI 4 Code A/F
~~
TITLE: Scale subdivision Multiples COMMENT: Indicators do not use accepted subdivisions. Item 4.2.2.9 Ref.: B2.13 Source: CRS . IDENTIFICATION: Panel: See attached. Component Name: See attached. ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: Some indicator scales use subdivisions other than multiples of 1, ,, 2, or 5, which can he confusing to the operator. (Also see HED SI2-94, I2-98) RESOLUTION: (Sched: Nono ) The progression 30, 60, 99 has been used extensively throughout the control room. These scales use clearly marked divisions and subdivisions and are easily read. They are used throughout the ' control room for pressure scales. These do not. require change. other scales that have major discrepancies wi'11,bb ' changed as notted on attached sheets. For duel scale indicators (pressure /vac) see HED SIl-92. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. ef i FEB 2 8 tN6 Team Approval Signature: y f j Date: ( ( s Additional page (s) attached /~T . v ____-_____________A-DW_____________________
l HED I2-09 (f) attachment Page 1 The following indicators have scales that use multiples other than those of 1, 2, or 5. 20C06B Resolution: Acceptable as is. Code: F
' ~
PI-2472A,B (0, 30, 60...) 00C26A Resolution: Frequency shows variation each side of 60 HZ. These are non-linear scales. Acceptable as is. Code F OAG12 (55, 58, 60, 62, 65) Resolution: Same as 00C26A. 0026B Resolution: Same as 00C26A. 0AG22 (55, 58, 60, 62, 65) Resolution: Same as 00C26A.
, 00C26C Resolution: Same as 00C26A.
OCG12 (55, 58, 60, 62, 65) Resolution: Same as 00C26A. 20C43 (the following all: -30, 0, 15, 30, 45 ...) Resolution: Dual scale. See HED DS-04. **--
%3 ' g-93%
94X 95X 96X PI-0236AX PI-0236BX 00C24 (the following all: 0, 3, 6, 9, 12...) Resolution: Acceptable as is. Code F NORTH SUB NO. 1 TR TERTIARY 03 S.U. BUS VM
#2 S.U. A BUS VN 02 S.U. BUS VM 92 S.U. B BUS VM ... 00C123 (the following all: 90, 95, 100, 105, 109) These scales ;' are level of elevation, are always steady - The odd number is an end-of-scale number.
Resolution Acceptable. Code B LI-2804A,C LI-3804A M WM
3 l HED I2-09 -' attachment Page 2 20Cl2 Resolution: Acceptable as is. Code F PI-2429A,B,C (0, 15, 30, 45...) PI-2425A,B (0, 15,.30, 45...) PI-2286 (0, 30, 60, 90.7.) 20Cl2 TI-2228 (0, 27.5, 55, 80, 105, 130, 154, 178.5, 200 ) Resolution: Replace with permanent scale and proper graduation and number progression. Code A 20C07A LI-2278A,B,C (97, 100, 105, 110, 113.6) - these scales refer to level of elevation above sea level. Resolution: Acceptable as is. Code F "A","B","C" Circ. Wtr. Pumps Amps (0, 30, 60, 90) PI-2771 - (-30, -20, -10, 0, 5, 10, 15) Resolution: Dual scale. See HED D5-04. () 20C08A PI-2403 (0, 300, 600, 900) PI-2004 (0, 300, 600, 900) PI-2178A,B,C (0, 30, 60, 90) Resolution: Acceptable as is. Code F E3Y. .u - mu. PI-2179A,B,C (-30, 0, 15, 30...) PI-2866 (-30, 0, 15, 30...) Resolution: Dual scale. See HED DS-04. , 20C04A RWCU DUMP FLOW (0, 135, 180, 225', 270, 315, 360, 405, 450) Resolution: Redesign scale with proper graduations and number progressions - mark 180 and 360. Code A A,B Pump Seal #1, #2 (0, 3, 6, 9...) A,B Pump Ammetra (0, 30, 60, 90...) HEAD COOL FLOW (0, 300, 600, 900...) REGEN HEAT EXCHANGE INLET PRESSURE (0, 3, 6, 9...) Resolution: Acceptable as is. Code F REACTOR BLDG EQUIP SUMP TEMP (0, 43, 84, 124, 161, 198, 233, 267, a 300 - handwritten) RWCU FILTER FLOW FI-12-141A/B (0, 43, 84, 124, 161, 198, 233, 267, 300 - handwritten) Resolution: Replace with proper graduations and number progressions. Code A
HED 12-09 attachment Page 3 20C04B PI-109 (0, 3, 6, 9...) PI-111 (0, 3, 6, 9...) Resolution: Acceptable as is. Code F PI-ll6 (-30, 0, 15, 30...) s Resolution: Dual scale. See HED D5-04. 20C04C PI-93 (0, 3, 6, 9...)
; PI-94 (0, 3, 6, 9...)
( Resolution: Acceptable as is. Code F PI-96 (-30, 0, 15, 30, 45...) Resolution: Dual scale. See HED D5-04.
- O 9
i t
=
4 l 1
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 13-01 EP = 12/ PRI 1 Code A TITLE: Recorder Values COMMENT: Printed recorder values difficult to read. , Item: 4.2.3.1 Ref.: B3.1 Source: CHS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All panels with multi-point recorders Component Name: Multipoint Recorders ID or Number: All panels DESCRIPTION: 1' Multipoint recorders have . printed numerals that are small, overlapping, and indistinct. Colors are faded and difficult to distinguish from each other and from the chart paper when green C,', ink is used (green ink / green paper). RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) The team reviewed all multipoint recorders to determine any parameters that require better definition. TR-2-2-3-89, Reactor vessel Skin Temp. was identified as critical and too difficult to read. This recorder will be replaced to provide point select and high speed capability (also see HED 13-05). TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Mod package. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signatures , Date: FEB 2 81918 () Additional page(s) attached O A-82
I l l l ! t PEACH BOTTOM l] HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 13-02 L i EP = 6/PRI h Code A I TITLE: l' Incorrect Chart Paper Scales COMMENT: Several' recorders use chart paper which does not match the scale graduations. ! Item: 4.2.3.2 Ref.: B3.2 Source: CRS l l IDENTIFICATION Panel 20Cl24, 00C196
- Component Name: Recorders ID or Numbert FR4020 DESCRIPTION:
The two recorders on the Reactor Feed Pump Turbine Test panel have. scales that read 0-6, while the char ~t paper uses a scale of
,. 0-100. On the Recombiner panel recorder FR4020 uses both a 0-5
" and a 0-600 scale , while the chart paper reads 0-300. l RESOLUTION (Sched N/A ) Recorders on the Reactor Feed Pump Turbine Test panel have been removed. FR4020 recorder on 90C196 will be. supplied with the proper chart paper. Responsibility for maintaining chart paper has been assigned.~ TRAINING REQUIREMENTS l None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS None. Team Approval Signature: Date FEs 28 m ( ) Additional page(s) attached 1 m Q-83
1 PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT -) s HED No. 13-03 EP = 12/PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Recorder Alarm Points COMMENT Alarm points are not identified. , Itemt 4.2.3.3 Ref. B3.3 Source: Cas i IDENTIFICATION: Panel All Component Names Recorders l ID or Numbert All l DESCRIPTION: Recorder scales.do not indicate alarm points. RESOLUTIONI (Scheds see TA HEDs ) Those instruments identified in task analysis will be enhanced l through the application of zone markings or alarm points (See HED D5-01) . TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 1 Train personnel in meaning of zone markings. PROL" DURE REQUIREMENTS None. Date FEB 2 81986 Team Approval Signature #f) ( ) Additional page (s) attached ~
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 13-04 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Recorder Ink COMMENT: Many recorders are without ink. Item: 4.2.3.4 Ref.: B3.4 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All not yet identified - Supplementary Survey item. Component Name: Same as above. ID or Number: Same as above. DESCRIPTION:
- Some recorders have no pen ink; other recorders have faded ink, which makes reading them difficult.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) A well established work practice for replacing pens exists. Pens are available in Control Room area. Replacement is the responsibility of the operator who reviews all recorders at least once per shift. A lab technician is now available 24 hours a day to resolve all problems. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Dates FEB 2 8 lan ( ) Additional page(s) attached V A-05
PEACH BOTTOM
)
w HED ASSESSMENT HED No. I3-05 EP = 6/PRI At 3 PRI Bt 1 Code A TITLE! Multipoint Recorder Speed COMMENTI ' Few recorders have point-select or high speed capabilities. Itemt 4.2.3.5 Ref.: B3.5 Source: CRS B3.6 l IDENTIFICATION: Panelt 20C088, 20C21 Component Name Same as above. l ID or Number Same as above. DESCRIPTION: Multipoint recorders make little use of high speed or point-select capabilities.
)
RESOLUTION! (Sched: At None; B 2nd Refuel ) A review of multipoint recorders was made to determine which require point select and/or high speed capabilities. Two were identified. A. 20C08B - VR-2657 Turbine Vibration recorder will be re-placed to provide point select capability. B. 20C21 - TR2-2-3-89: Reactor Vessel Skin Temp. recorder will be replaced to provide both point select and high speed select. (see HED 13-01) TRAINING REQUIHEMEN".'S ! l Mod package. ! PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTSI None. Team Approval Signature: Date FEB 2 81NG ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A-86
l PEACH BOTTOM Iu,) HED ASSESSMENT : l HED No. 13-06 ; I EP = 4/PRI 6 l i i Code A i l TITLE: Recorder Chart Paper , I l COMMENT: ! l Type and size of chart paper is not identified. - I Item 4.2.3.6 Ref.: B3.7 Source CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C124, 00C196 l Component Names Recorders [ ID or Numbert ' DESCRIPTION f Recorders on the Recombiner Panel and the Reactor Feed Pump Turbine Test Panel do not specify the type and size of the chart (() paper to be used. RESOLUTIONI (Sched: N/A ) All recorders have chart paper requirements specified on the recorder itself. This is not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS None. Team Approval Signat'utet h Dates FEB 2 8 NE ( ) Additional page(s) attached l l ! ) l A-87
_s PEACH BOTTOM 3 HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 13-07 EP = 8 PRI 2 Code E TITLE: Recorder Pon Colors COMMENT! Recorder pen color associations are not specified. l Itets: 4.2.3.7 Ref.: B3.10 Source CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panolt All not yet identified - Supplomontary j Survey item. t Component Names Same as above. I ID or Numbert Same as above. i DESCRIPTION: 1 Multipen recorder labels do not specify pen. color associations. .'~) I'- This makes it difficult to determine which parameter is which. RESOLUTION (Schods 2nd Hefuel ) All three pon recorders have pon colors - green, blue, red, from top to bottom. The labels being added at the bottom to identify pen colors will read green, blue, red from top to bottom to match the pon order. Two pen recorders will be red, black from top to bottom on labels. In a few casos, this will not meet HFE i criteria of arranging parameters from top to bottom in order ! (A,B,C, or 1,2,3). Recorders have a fixed pon order and the manufacturer specifies the order of connection - it cannot be changed. Therefore, the best human factors solution is to arrange labels in the same order as the colored pens and the associated scales, as specified abovo, i THAINING HEQUIREMENTS None. l PHOCEDURE HEQUIREMENTSt l None. TeamApprovalSignaturet$k Dato: FEB 2 819N .. ( Additional page(s) attached b A-88
m PEACH BOTTOM
)
HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 13-08 EP = 8/PRI 4 Code F TITLE: Recorder Marking Procedure ! COMMENT , Recorders not marked as recommended. l Itemt 4.2.3.8 Ref.: B3.12 Source CRS i l IDENTIFICATION: Panelt N/A l Component Namot N/A l ID or Numbert Administrative Procedures l DESCRIPTION l l Chart recorders are marked only once a day by operators rather
'q. than once a shift as recommended. No administrative procedures w) exist for recorder marking. '
RESOLUTION: (Sched None ) Do not agree that recordern need to be marked once por shift (see llED P5-02). Procedure exists for once a day. This is sufficient. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS l None. PROCEDdHE REQUIREMENTSt None. Team Approval Signaturet hl Datet FEB 2 8 DN ( ) Additional page(s) attached i O A-89
\
l l i j i Ch PEACH BOTTOtt i l a/ HED ASSESSMENT l l HED No. 13-09
, EP = 4 PRI 5 l l
Code A TITLE: j Chart Retention Procedure ; i COMMENT: , No recorder marking or retention procedures exist. Item 4.2.3.9 Ref. B3.13 Source: CRS ! t IDENTIFICATION: Panel N/A Component Names N/A ! 10 or Number Administrative Procedure I DESCRIPTIQN ! There are no apparent administrative procedures for marking or , j} retaining recorder chart papers. I r RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) ! A procedure was placed in effect subsequent to the original survey to specify responsibilities and procedtres for chart ( paper. i i TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: I None . i , l PROCEDURE REQUIREMtNTS: l l See Above l l i Team Approval Signatures )j Date: FEB 2 8 ltN ( ) Additional page(s) attached l l l ($) l A-90 !
l . . i l i . l l D PEACH BOTTOM / l HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 13-10 L i EP = 6/PRI 3 l I l Code A l TITLE: j Recorder Glare ; i COMMENT: , ; Glare on several recorders. Item 4.2.3.19 Ref.: B3.14 Source: CRS ! i IDENTIFICAT10N: Panel See HED 12-92. Component Names Westronic Recorders i ID or Number All not yet identified - Supplementary Survey item. j
' DESCRIPTION:
Westronic chart recorders displayed glare and parallax problems, j l making them difficult for operators to read. 7 MIT! GATING CON 81 DERAT 10Nat , This is primarily a problem on recorders located on the upper ( portion of the vertical panels in the control room. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) l The control room remodeling projecIt will result in more diffuse ! l lighting with reduced glare (see HED SE2-92) . The type of meters j used in this plant do not have parallax. ; l I t j TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ! None. f PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS f None. l l Team Approval Signatures Date: FEl 2 8 W l () Additional page(s) attached ! O : l A-91 ..
l PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
'} HED No. 13-11 EP = 12/ PHI 2 Code A TITLE:
Recorder Zone Markings COMMENT: Recorders have no zone markings. Item 4.2.3.11 Hef.: B3.15 Source CHS IDENTIFICATION: Panel N/A Component Name Recorders ID or Number All DESCH1PTION: Recorders are not marked to indicato normal, abnormal, safe, unsafe zones. HESOLUTION: (Scheds see TA HEDs ) Those instruments identified in task analysis will be enhanced l through the application of zono markings or alarm points (soo HED D5-01). THAINING HEQUIREMENTS: l Train personnel in meaning of zone markings. PHOCEDUHE REQU1HEMENTS: None. Team Approval Signatures h Date: Fa 2 8 BH ( ) Additional page(s) attached l
- O V
A-92 . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
l l PEACH BOTTOM - l % HED ASSESSMENT i
- '.)
HED No. 14-01 ( t EP = 8/PRI 6 l Code A : i TITLE: i Lamp Testing - \ t j COMMENT: i No lamp test feature exists. l Item 4.2.4.1 Ref.: B4.4 Source CRS i IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All ) Component Names Indicator Lights ID or Number N/A 1 DESCR1PTION: Indicator lights presently have no lamp test feature to identify , failed bulbs. ; RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) } l See attached. ! l i i . TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ! None. PROCEDURE REQUIMEMENTal f None. t Team Approval signature: Datet FE828 WI (1) dditional page(s) attached j ! l l ! l l t I i I i : A-93 l
V' \
+ ,
I? .:, ! HT.D I4-91 l ' q. attachment ! [;;/ Page 1 l Resolution: ; The requirement is to have a positive indication of failed ! lights. The following are positive indications. An overall lamp t test is not necessary due to the following conditions l l f-Safety Systemet - Normal position full open/ full closed valves with red or :
. green light with redundant lights or process indication. [
All controls are tested monthly. l i Non-Safety ; two categoriest
- Full open/ full closed one light (red or green) !
always lit'- failure indicated immediately. )
- Normally, intermediate position - secondary indication available to alert to a failed bulb via process indi- '
cation. l Breakers: (
- Two position only - red or green indications; one light j always lit.
- White and amber indicating lights (ECC8 initiation status) have Annunciator alarm redundancy. [
[ 1 l l I t r l t
. i l
i l-I l ! j l I h h
l l I l l 3 ./ . ~' PEACH BOTTOM ! l HED ASSESSMENT ; HED No. 15 91 EP = 9/PRI 4 f l See attached i TITLE: 1 Control Sequence h
' t COMMENT:
Switch sequence does not follow expected conventions. , 1 l l Item 4.2.5.1 Ref.: B5.1 Source: CHS I T5YiiYDTcKT1on Panet: 2sC12, 9scl24, 2eC43, 90C196 Component Name See attache d. ! ID or Number See attached. ; I DESCRIPT10N: [ h l l The sequence of switch positions is not general control room conventions. in accordance with
- RESOLUTION
- (Sched None ) !
l ( See attached. l
%. e- (
l TRAINING AEQUIRtMENTS: ! None. N HEQU1REMENT8: ! i None. i Team Approval 8ignature Date F(3 2 81918 (1) Additional page(s) attached r o l A-94 _ _ _ .
l HED 15-91 , attachment Page 1 Resolution l 20c12
- ott cas Stack Dilution: Positions are acceptable since there '
is an annunciator alarm to alert the operator if one fan is not ; in standby (Auto). Codes F [.
- Chilled Water Pumps Switch positions are correct. Code A 99C124
- Tnis is a test panel, not used in operations. All operations are by specific procedure. This is considered to be acceptable.
Codes F ; 20C43 ,
- switch position indications are especially arranged on the ,
Remote Shutdown Panel so that the 12 o' clock position , I is required to make the transfer from the control room.
'~T Therefore, this convention, unique to this panel, is accept-4- ) able. Code: A 00C196 1
- Tnese are in the process of being changed through MOD 967 of l
the off Gas panel. Code: A l l , I
7) PEACH DOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 15-02 EP = 9/ PHI 3 Code A TITLE: Position Indication Labels COMMENT: l Many switchen are unlaboled or labeled temporarily. l l Item: 4.2.5.2 Itot.: u5.2 Source: CR8 IDEt4TIFICAT10N Panols Componont Names Samo as above. 10 or Number Samo as above. 1 DESCH1PTION: Switch labels and position indication labols woro missing on several switchos. Other switchos had temporary position labols made of tapo. l l kESOLUTION: (oched: None ) 1 l All control positions will be clearly identified on either the ! escutcheon plato or the immediately surrounding panoi surface. l l THA1NING HEQU1HEMLNTS: None. PH0ctuunt htgUIREMENTo:
- None.
l ApprovalSignatures( , [ gj Date: Fil 2 81NG l () Additional page(s) attached l l !dh
- \.)
A-95
l n. PEACH BOTTOM llED ASSESSME!!T llED No. 15-03 EP = 9/ PHI 3 l Codo A TITLE: Position Markings l COMMENTI some switches have unidentifed positions. I l Itemt 4.2.5.3 Ref. u5.2 source CHs l IDENTIFICATION: Panol Componont 11amos Samo as above. ID or Numberi Samo as above. DESCR1PT10N Some switches have positions which aro unmarked. This makes it difficult to determine control status. HESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) i All control positions will be clearly identified on either the escucheon plate or the immediately surrounding panel surface. l TRAINING REQU1HEMEN"St l None. PHOCLDullE HEQUlitEMENTs j None. l Approval Signature Datet ((3281900 () Additional pago(s) attached lO _ __ _ _ _ __ - - _ . - - - _ - - /\ofY\
l% ' PEACH BOTTOM ' HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 15-04 EP = 9/ PHI 4 Codo (see D3-05) TITLE: l control Height i 1 l COMMENT: l Switches above or below specified height. Item 4.2.5.4 Hof.: B5.3 Source: CHS l , IDENTIFICATION: Panel See HED D3-05. I Componont Names Same an above. ID or Number Samo as above. DESCHIPTION: O Some switches are below or above the anthropometric guidelinos of 34 and 70 inchen respectively. This makes it difficult to operato the controls. l 8 RESOLUTION: (Sched: Nono ) i See HED D3-05. l TRAINING HEQU1HEMENTS: None. PHOCEDUME HEQU1HEMENTS: None. l Team Approvat Signature: $h, Date FEB 2 81M6 ( ) Additional page(s) attached l l \ A-97
i ! PEACH BOTTOM ' HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 15-05 l EP = 9/ PHI 2 Code D ; TITLE: l Inadvertent control Activation i f
- COMMENT:
l Handles near edge of consolos subject to inadvertent l activation. l l Item: 4.2.5.5 Ref.: B5.4 sourcos CHS 1 IDENTIFICATION: Panel All not yet identified - Supplementary Survey item. Compon6nt Names Same as above. 10 or Number Game as above. h DESCRIPTION: l Some switch handles on the primary benchboard consoles are located within three inches of the edge of the consolo and may be accidentally bumped by personnel. l RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) l The only control handles that are considered to be a problem are I the J-Handle at bottom edge of benchboards. Of those, most J-l Handles have been reversed to avoid this problem since 1972. i This solution has proven to be satisfactory. The remaining J-Handle switches will be reversed on the bottom row. The reversed J-Handle does partially obscure the flag. Observation of this flag is used only in post event analysis and is not considered to be a significant problem for operation. TRAIN 1NO REQU1MEMENTS: None. PROCEDUME REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signatures Dates Fil 2 8 M ( ) Additional page(s) attached Dom ___________ _ ______________
i i ! l h l
. PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT i t
HED No. 15-06 EP = 6/PRI 4 : Code: A TITLE: Label and Indicator Visibility
- i l
COMMENT: Some labels and indicators obscured by switch [ manipulation. Item: 4.2.5.6 Ref.: 85.8 Source: CRS , i 1DENTIFICAT10N Panels See HED D5-07 attachment. , Component Names 8ame as above. ID or Number Same as above. ' DESCRIPTION: some control labels and associated indicators are completely or l partially obscured by switch manipulation. This is primarily a i I problem on those components mounted below 48" on the vertical ! panels. t RESOLUTION: (Sched: None. ) 1 Use of hierarchal labeling provides larger labels and places them ; above displays and controls to ensure all labels are easily read. i Maintenance tags have been changed so that they do not obscure i labels or indications (also see HEDs D3-95, D5-87 for evalua- ; tion of these controls). These labels will be removed during enhancement and relocated to the top of controls. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ; None. ( FROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: f None. I i Team Approval signature D - Dates Mt 2 3 1906 ( s Additional page(s) attached n-m .- !
.m
)
PEACil BOTTOM , HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 15-07 EP = 8/PRI 4 Code F l TITLE l Control Shape Coding ' l l COMMENT No control shape coding conventions 1 Itemt 4.2.5.7 Ref.: B5.10 Sources CHS l i l IDENTIFICATION! Panolt All not yet identified - Supplomontary Survey item. Component Names Game as abovo. l 10 or Number Same as above. DESCRIPTION: l l No shape coding has been unod to distinguish betwoon pump and I valve control handios. l NESOLUTION8 (Sched None. ) Hierarchal labeling will clearly identify pumps and valvos. Additional shape coding is not felt to be necessary. Twelvo years of operation have shown this not to be a problem. TRAINING HEQUIREMENTS: None. i PROCEDUHE REQU1HEMENTSt . l None. , I Team Approval Signatures Dates FEB 2 81Hf l ( ) Additional page(s) attached w O l A-100
l l l I A PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT i HED No. 15-08 l EP = 6/PRI 4 Code F ' TITLE: Label and Pointer Visibility I . l COMMENT: 1 Large control knobs and handles obscure adjoining labels. i Itemt 4.2.5.8 Ref. B5.11 Source CRS l IDENTIFTCATION: Panelt Consoles. 1 Camponent Name See above , ID or Numbert See above. DESCRIPTION: I () The large control knobs and handles located toward the rear the benchboards tend to obscure the control pointers as well of as j the control labels. RESOLUTION (Sched None. ) Hierarchal labeling developed to enhance the identification of components will eliminate this discrepancy. In addition, slight torso flexion by operators allows the labels to be read. Twelve years of operating the plant has not revealed this to be a problem. TRAINING REQUIREMENT 88 l None. 1 I PROCEDUME REQUIHEMENTSI None. Team Approval Signaturet Date
, FEB28WN
() Additional page(s) attached O o-NBA
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 15-09 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Emergency Control Identification , 1 l COMMENT: l Emergency controls are not highlighted. l l Item 4.2.5.9 Ref.: B6.1 Source CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C43 Remote Shutdown Panel l Component Name: Emergency Controls. i ID or Number See above. l DESCRIPTION: 'O The controls for emergency or abnormal operations have not been highlighted on the Remote Shutdown Panel. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) 1 Enhance the Romote Shutdown Panel to allow operators to more easily identify emergency controls and displays (see HED SD3-23). l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: 1 Train personnel in meaning of enhancements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: - Date: FEB 2 819M ( ) Additional page (s) attached l 1 a h), _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _A-102 __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
PEACH BOTTott HED ASSESSMENT HED No. 15-10
/EP = 12 PRI 6 Code A TITLE
- l !
Key-lock Switches COMMENT: i Keys are left in key-lock switches. l Itemt 4.2.5.10 Ref.: B7.4 Source CRS i B7.5 l l IDENTIFICATION: Panelt See HED SI4-91 l Component Narte See HED SI4-91 ID or Number See HED SI4-91 ( DESCRIPTION: ! Keys for key-lock switches are left permanently in the switches. l No administrative procedure for key access is used. RESOLUTION: (Sched N/A ) Key switches are controlled by procedures. In most cases keys remain in the switches during normal operations. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS None. Team Approval Signature: Date FE8 2 3 legg ( ) Additional page (s) attached lO _________ _ _ _ _ R-809_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
PEACH BOTTOM kf, HED ASSESSMENT HED No. M1-01 EP = 4/PRI 5 i Code A L* TITLE: Print Modifications COMMENT: Updated prints not always available. , Item 4.7.1 Ref.: G3.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A l ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: l Equipment changes in the control room are recorded as "as-built" : L drawings attached to existing prints. This process is often delayed and operators must use out-dated prints to trace circuits and systems. l RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A . ) , ! Administrative procedures A-14 and A-6 have been revised to correct this problem. ( TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ! None. l' i PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: I See Above. - TeamApprovalSignatures( , Date: FEB 2 8 Igg l ( ) Additional page(s) attached Q-B@0-
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. M1-02 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code T. TITLE: . _ _ , Procedure Modifications COMMENT: Procedures are not updated in a timely fashi,on. Item: 4.7.2 Ref.: G3.2 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A l l DESCRIPTION: Modifications in the control room are incorporated into operational procedures, but delays in this occur due to the time involved to assemble all the pertinent data.. 1 RESOLUTION: , (Sched N/A ) All modifications are explained during requalification training conducted prior to start up. Actual completion of this training was verified prior to recegg(starg up af ter refueling outage. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date:FEB 2 81908 ( ) Additional page(s) attached 5 V A-105
i l PEACH BOTTOM j 7 ' ,, HED ASSESSMENT HED No. M1-03 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code: A _ . TITLE: . _ , Maintenance Tagouts COMMENT: Tags obscure adjacent displays. ' Item: 4.7.3 Ref.: G4.3 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Component Name: ID or Number: DESCRIPTION: - Pushbutton switches have tagouts that sometimes obscure adjacent displays. This makes it difficult for operators to monitor plant
- ' status.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) New tags are in use that do not obscure adjacent displays. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: 's Date:FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached 1-106
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT g) v HED No. Pl-01 EP = 9/PRI 5 Code B TITLE: Procedure Availability COMMENT: Control rooms must share set of procedures. Item: 4.5.1.1 Ref.: El.2 Source: CRS E2.1 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Plant Procedures ID or Number: N/A D,ESCRI PTION : While two sets of procedures exist in the control room, one is l permanently stationed at the chief operator's station. The other ' rT is shared between units on a roll-cart. This could cause a s s;) problem if both units simultaneously required procedurers. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) A complete set of TRIP procedures has been provided for each unit; the sharing of general procedures is considered optimum as it reduces control room congestion. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. I PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. , i Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81984 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A-107 l
PEACH BOTTOM IIh HED ASSESSMENT w HED No. Pl-02 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code A
. TITLE:
~~ ~~
-Procedure Use --
COMMENT: Limited space provided for procedure use. , Item: 4.5.1.2 Ref.: El.7 Source: CRS f IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Plant Procedures ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Limited laydown space exists for the operator to use procedures. - and reference materials. No space at all is available at the () control panels themselves. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Additional laydown space has been provided for TRIP procedures and PEID drawings. A roll around cart is provided for procedures. No longer a discrepancy. TRAINING RBQUIREMENTS: None. i PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: l None. i Team Approval Signature: *\ Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached j l k) A-108
PEACH BOTTOM Z HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Pl-03 EP = 6/PRI 6 Code A TITLE:
' Annunciator Response Procedure Location COMMENT:
Annunciator response procedures inconvenienply stored. Item: 4.5.1.3 Ref.: E2.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Plant Procedures ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Annunciator response procedures are stored in a centrally located desk. This is inconvenient for use by operators as they must share the procedures between units, and must leave their stations to get them. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Significant annunciators which alarm due to equipment failures . during plant transients are immediately evident to the operator and emergency procedures cover his response to these annuncia-tors. Other annunciators do not require immediate operator l action and the operator has sufficient time to consult the annun-ciator card if he is not knowledgeable of the appropriate correc-tive action. Not considered a discrepancy. j TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: pgg 2 g Igg j ( ) Additional page (s) attached
,A-109_ _ ,_____ _. . _ . , _ _ _ . . _ _ .
PEACH BOTTOM er HED ASSESSMENT
- j lA i HED No. Pl-04 j
EP = 4/PRI 4
- Code A
! TITLE: ! . _ Annunciator Response Card Identification l COMMENT: The annunciator response card box is not clearly l identified. Item: 4.5.1.4 Ref.: E2.2 Source: CRS l l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Annunciator Response Card Box ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: l The box containing the.: annunciator response cards .is . not l identified in a distinctive manner. It does not stand out from U- the other boxes at the desk. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) l Card drawers will be labeled. All operators know location and j use them. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. l l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: >\ Date: FEB 2 819N ( ) Additional page (s) attached l@ A-110
, PEACH BOTTOM
_p HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Pl-05 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Procedures Index COMMENT:
"S" procedures lack individual indexes. ,
Item: 4.5.1.5 Ref.: E2.3 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: System Operating Procedures ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: A complete index to the series "S" procedures is located only in the first volume, not in subsequent volumes. This makes it () difficult to locate procedures as several volumes are not required. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Each binder now contains an index for each section within each binder. Edges of binders indicate what sections are included. Each section in tabbed in the binders. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81985 ( ) Additional page(s) attached O - - - _ - - - Q-BBB
I
-s PEACH BOTTOM
[j) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. P1-06 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: ~ Coding of Emergency Procedures COMMENT: Emergency procedure index tabs not color coded. Item: 4.5.1.6 Ref.: E2.4 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Emergency Procedures ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Emergency procedures are indexed by number on clear tabs. Color coding them as well would reduce search time. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) All procedures have been clearly identified in separate binders and color coded. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81988 , ( ) Additional page(s) attached
.b_
i l PEACH BOTTOM y HED ASSESSMENT HED No. Pl-07 EP = 9/PRI 5 Code A TITLE:
~ ~
Procedure Indexing COMMENT: Procedures not indexed sufficiently. , Item: 4.5.1.7 Ref.: E2.6 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: , Procedures are grouped according to classification, but the current indexing does not make it easy to locate specific procedures within binders and folders. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Each binder now contains an index for each section within each binder. Edges- of binders indicate what sections are included. Each section is tabbed in the binders. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: b Date: FEB 2 819N ( ) Additional page (s) attached O A-113
PEACH BOTTOM M HED ASSESSMENT HED No. P2-01 I EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A TITLE:
-- -- - ~~ -
-Administrative Procedure Specificity COMMENT:
Document. preparation procedures excessively, general. Item 4.5.2.1 Ref.: E3.1, E3.4, E3.8 Source: CRS E3.2, E3.5, E3.3, E3.7 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Administrative Procedures ID or Number: All DESCRIPTION: Procedures for document preparation are not specific concerning type and style, nomenclature, terminology, abbreviations, use of A. as-labeled designations, numbering of steps and paragraphs, W spacing and layout, entry and exit conditions, and use of cross-references. This makes it difficult. to standardize documents. RESOLUTIO!.; (Sched: N/A ) Since this,HED was written, the use of the ATMS system has been fully implemented. This system eliminates logistical irregularities such as type, size, style, paragraph spacing, page layout. Emergency procedure (TRIP, OT, and T), nomenclature, terminology, abbreviations, numbering (procedures, paragraphs, steps) and entry / exit condition are formalized via procedure A-94. Other procedures are written oriented to day-to-day operations and do not require an extensive formalization beyond what ATMS provides and what procedure generation proceduros cover. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 tnt (J ( ) Additional page(s) attached a-m
PEACH BOTTOM -
'yh HED ASSESSMENT ,
c; ' HED No. P3-01
, EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: ,
~ Procedural Wording '
COMMENT: Procedures generally lacking in succinctness. Item: 4.5.3.1 Ref.: E4.2 Source: CRS l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Procedures - GP2, TRIP
. ID or Number: All DESCRIPTION:
Operating procedures showed a general lack of succinctness,
, particularly in caution notes and discussions used in emergency procedures.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Implementation of upgraded TRIP procedures has resolved this problem. GP-2 is not an emergency procedure - it is a guide for startup and has proven to be staisfactory. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: No ne . 4 PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: , None. Team Approval Signature: ) Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached l l O A-ll5
,g PEACH BOTTOM
~).
j HED ASSESSMENT HED No. P3-02 EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A ' TITLE: Procedure Notes Consistency
~~~
COMMENT: Notes and cautions inconsistent in use of script, letters. Item: 4.5.3.2 Ref.: E4.3 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: All Procedures ID or Number: N/A l-DESCRIPTION: Script, boxes, and letters used to identify cautions and notes within plant procedures are inconsistently applied. O RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Since this HED was written, the use of the ATMS system.has been fully implemented. This system eliminates logistical irregularities such as type, size, style, paragraph spacing, page layout. Emergency procedure (TRIP), nomenclature, terminology, abbreviations, numbering (procedures, paragraphs, steps) and entry / exit condition are formalized via' procedure A-94. Other L procedures are written oriented to day-to-day operations and do ont require an extensive formalization beyond what ATMS provides and what procedure generation procedures cover. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None.
. Team Approval Signature: i i Date: pgg 2 3 gg
( ) Additional page(s) attached a-880
c I PEACH BOTTOM
} HED ASSESSMENT a/
, HED No. P3-03 l i EP = 9/PRI 5
- Code A I
i TITLE: l Procedure Discriminability COMMENT: l Some procedural steps are not discernable from others. l Item: 4.5.3.3 Ref.: E4.4 Source: CRS I IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Procedures ID or Number: GP-6, OT-35 DESCRIPTION: Cautions, like those applying to follow-up Step 2 of GP-6 and immediate action Step 7 of OT-35, sometimes appear written as part of the previous step. This may be somewhat confusing for 03-. the operator. RESOLUTION: , (Schad: N/A ) l All procedures have been revised and new upgraded TRIP procedures implemented which more clearig, describe operator actions.
%2F .w -
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: i None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. l Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached i l l ~ l A-117
r PEACH BOTTOM ~'73 HED ASSESSMENT w/ HED No. P3-04 EP = 9/PRI 5 4 Code A TITLE: Procedure Clarity i COMMENT: Emergency and transient procedures sometimes unclear. { Item: 4.5.3.4 Ref.: E4.8 Source: CRS j IDENTIFICATION: Panel N/A Component Name: Plant Procedures ID or Number: Emergency and Transient Procedures (E,T) DESCRIPTION: - l Diagnostic,,. symptomatic, and entry event guidance in the i transient and emergency procedures is not always clear. l l RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Resolved through implementation of upgraded TRIP procedures which include diagnostic, symptomatic information where appropriate. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS:
- None. l i
Team Approval Signature: ( Date: FE9 2 8 mt ( ) Additional page (s) attached t A-ll8
l PEACH BOTTOM f-., HED ASSESSMENT
)
HED No. P3-05 EP = 8/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Procedural Results Descriptions COMMENT: Procedures do not clearly identify results of actions. Item: 4.5.3.5 Ref.: E4.13 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Procedures ID or Number: All DESCRIPTION: Procedures do not describe the results, parameter valves 7_s attained, or expected upon operator completion of a step. J ") MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Significant problems have been repaired after BWROG Survey, hence EP and Safety Significance difference. l l RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) TRIP procedures have been re-written and this information added. Remaining procedures will have the proper information added during periodic reviews. A directive has been issued to ensure these areas are covered. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. j PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: I) Date: FEB 2 819N ( ) Additicnal page(s) attached n k / v A-119
'?% PEACil BOTTOM .J'? HED ASSESSMENT HED No. P3-06 EP = 12/PRI 5 t
Code A
-TITLE:
Annunciator Alarm Setpoints COMMENT: . Procedures do not list applicable alarm setpoints. l Item: 4.5.3.6 Ref.: E4.14 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel N/A Component Name: Procedures ID or Number: Emergency and Transient l DESCRIPTION: No annunciator alarm setpoints are included in either emergency or transient opersting procedures.
}
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Resolved through the implementation of upgraded TRIP, Operational Transient (OT), and Off Normal (ON) procedures which specify alarm setpoints. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. ' Team Approval Signature: ) Date FEB 2 8 ISN ( ) Additional page(s) attached l l l l l
)
A-120
l i 3 _y _ PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT l HED No. P3-07 EP = 8/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Operating Limit Specifications l COMMENT: Equipment and administrative operating limits are not l specified. Item: 4.5.3.7 Ref. E4.15 Source: CRS I IDESTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Procedures ID or Number: All DESCRIPTION: .
'% Generally procedures do limits, not specify operating x_) administrative limits, or technical specifications. "S" procedures include technical specifications, but not the numerical limits.
l RESOLUTION: (Sched: None. ) Trip procedures have been re-written and this information added. Remaining procedures will have the proper information added : l during periodic reviews. A directive has been issued to ensure these areas are covered. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. ' Team Approval Signature: ') Date: FEB 2 8 WN ( ) Additional page (s) attached a-821
r", PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. P3-08 EP = 9/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Procedural Contingency Actions. COMMENT: No contingency actions provided. 4.5.3.8 Ref.: E4.16 Source: CRS Item: i IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Procedures ID or Number All l DESCRIPTION: I In the event that an action does not achieve the expected
'~'s results, no contingency operator actions are specified in most s) procedures. "E" and "GP" procedures include actions for discrepancies, but not for major deviations.
minor RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) This problem has been resolved through the implementation of upgraded TRIP procedures which include the information described above. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. l Team Approval Signature: Ib Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page (s) attached !O
PEACH BOTTOM kg74
;) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. P3-09 l EP = 6/PRI 5 l
Code A l TITLE: Procedure References COMMENT: , Procedures require additional references. - l l l Item: 4.5.3.9 Ref.: E4.19 Source: CRS I I IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Emergency Procedures ID or Number: N/A l DESCRIPTION: l Emergency procedures require the operator to use additional
- f 3 references in order to complete a task. The steps are not
( '_) included in the procedures themselves. This appears awkward as operator must leaf through two volumes at once. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) TRIP procedures have been updated to include this information. l No longer a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $b Date: Hj 25!35
- ( ) Additional page (s) attached l
O _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ nwm
( PEACH BOTTOM (pg HED ASSESSMENT Q HED No. P3-10 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Manual Over-ride COMMENT: Manual over-ride procedures not included. l Item: 4.5.3.10 Ref.: E4.20 Source: CRS l ! IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A 1 Component Name: Emergency Procedures ID or Number: All DESCRIPTION: Emergency procedures do not explain how to manually over-ride , i automatic systems and controls after automatic initiation. has y'N occurred, or reference the procedures that cover this area. b ! RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) i Trip procedures have been upgraded to include appropriate l information for manual-overide. l ! TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. ( j PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: j None. 1 Team Approval Signature: )j jp Date FEB 2 8 28 , () Additional page (s) attached i 1 l l l l ! A-124
PEACH BOTTOM '
^
HED ASSESSMENT i HED No. P4-01 EP = 8 PRI 2 ! l l Code A , TITLE:
-Feedback to Operator COMMENT:
Feedback to operator's procedural changes not required. l Item: 4.5.4.1 Ref.: E6.3 Source: CRS ; 1 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A l Component Name s Administrative Procedures [ ID or Number: N/A r DESCRIPTION: Administrative- procedures-involved-with procedural revisions do. not require feedback to the operators on resolution of suggested changes. l l I RESOLUTION: (Sched: 12/87 ) ; Feedback will be provided to the orginator on resolution of suggested changes to procedures. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: (See Above Resolution.) . t i Team Approval Signature: ") Date: FB 2 8 nas ( ) Additional page (s) attached l l l l l 1 R-125
PEACH BOTTOM <T HED ASSESSMENT l HED No. P4-02 ' EP = 8/PRI 5 Code A TITLE: Operator Changes COMMENT: Operator changes not included in procedural, updates. Item: 4.5.4.2 Ref.: E6.10 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Administrative Procedures ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Changes made by operators to the control panels are not included as part of procedural revisions. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) A surveillance test has been written to perform periodic review of panels. Although standards have been developed for permanent changes, these are not required for temporary application. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: I Provide training in new procedure. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: l
; Develop new procedure, i
Team Approval Signature: , [ 4Ls Date: FEB 2 8 mt ( ) Additional page (s) attached l l l A-126
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. P5-01 EP = 4/PRI 5 Code B TITLE: Recording Log Entry Time COMMENT: Recording the time of log entries not requir,ed. Item: 4.5.5.1 Ref.: E7.1 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Administrative Procedures ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Administrative procedures do not require recording the time on all log entries. It is left to the operator's discretion. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Appropriate directives re-emphasizing to operators the importance of specifying that entry time be included on all log entries have been issued. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: ), . Date: FEB 2 8 035 ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A-127
r-I*
- :'*s PEACH BOTTOM
- 7%' HED ASSESSMENT hW-HED No. P5-02 EP = 8/PRI 5
( Code A l' TITLE: l -Chart Marking l COMMENT: Chart marking not required. , l l l E7.2 Source: CRS Item: 4.5.5.2 Ref.: IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Administrative Procedure ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Marking charts or graphs regularly is not required according to administrative procedures. O MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: i-This impacts post-accident analysis, but has no s'ignificant impact on the safety of control room operations. I RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) t Appropriate Plant Standing Order to direct personnel to mark l charts and graphs regularly during the third shift has been l implemented. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: 1 None. Team Approval Signature: j Date: FEB 2 81986 l ( ) Additional page (s) attached { l l A-128
PEACH BOTTOM 77}
.;u HED ASSESSMENT
. HED No. P5-03 EP = 4 PRI 5
. Code A TITLE:.
Log Retention Time COMMENT: No log or chart retention time specified. Item: 4.5.5.3 Ref.: E7.8 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Administrative Procedures ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: No retention time for used log books and recorder charts is specified in administrative procedures. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) A procedure was placed in effect subsequent to the original survey to specify respongjpilitiesand procedures for chart
- paper. 4-TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: See Above. Team Approval Signature: Date: FE8 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A-129
A G)' PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. T1-01 EP = 6/PRI 5
~~
Code: A TITLE: Computer Training , COMMENT: Computer training not given to operators. Item: 4.8.1 Ref.: Hl.4 Source: CRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Training
- ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
Operator requalification training does not include training in the plant computer. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Computer training is now included in the requalification training program. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. . PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $b , Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached D _____ _ _-_ _ ________ _ --_____________ D -h W _____________ -___ - ___________-_______ _ _ _ _ _ _
l i l l (I) PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. T1-02 EP = 6/PRI 5 Code: A TITLE: Administrative Guidelines COMMENT: ( No administrative procedures exist for mental j evaluation. Item: 4.8.2 Ref.: H2.2 Source: CRS l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A l - Component Name: Procedures ! ID or Number: N/A l > DESCRIPTION: lG No procedures for on-coming operator physical and mental condition evaluation exist at this time. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) l Fitness for duty guidelines and training have been developed and are being implemented. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 M6 ( ) Additional page (s) attached f^ A-131
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SDl-01 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code F TITLE: Opposing Surfaces Close COMMENT: Space between consoles and panels is narrow., Item: N/A Ref.: sal.2 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Vertical Panels / Consoles Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Space between the backs of the consoles and the vertical panels is only 36". This makes it difficult for operators to read / operate low displays / controls. h RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Access is adequate for purpose intended. Instruments on back panels provide operational support and do not require immediate
,. operator action.
~
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 isss ( ) Additional page (s) attached i O
.--_.-_-____--------.----_---_--_---____---_--lX-AM--
I I i PEACH BOTTOM fh HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD2-01 1 EP = 4/PRI 6 l Code A TITLE: Supervisor's Station COMMENT: Supervisor's station blocked. , Item: N/A Ref.: SA2.1 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: Shift Supervisor's Office ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: The shift supervisor's office was blocked by a metal rollaway - stepladder when the survey was conducted, thus inhibiting direct accous'to the control room. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Portable ladder removed. The location of the office is convenient to control room. SS now stationed in control room. This is not considered to be a discrepancy.
~
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None.
- PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: .
None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 !s3g ( ) Additional page (s) attached !
- O .
h . . A-133
1 l l l PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD2-02 EP = N/A/PRI 3 Code A TITLE: , Containment. Purge Mimic _ Arrangement s COMMENT: Mimics are unclear and difficult to interpret. Item: N/A Ref.: TDA Source: " SCRS A2.7 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C 03 3 Component Name: Containment Purge Mimics ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: The existing mimics follow a non-functional control arrangements on the board, and as a result are difficult to follow. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Mimics will be added to clarify flow paths as part of the enhancement process. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: See HED ST1-01 PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 086 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A-134
PEACH BOTTOM 4 HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD2-03 EP = N/A/PRI 1 Code A TITLE: -- Containment Isolation Mimic Arrangement Mimic appears cramped and confusing. Item: N/A Ref.: TDA Source: SCRS A2.7 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C 03 01 Component Name: Containment Isolation Mimic ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: The small spaces between indicator lights on this panel make it
/~T ; difficult to follow the mimics. The lights are not arranged by
(_) function to allow simplified interpretation. RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) This section is used to indicate isolation completion. Rearrange and enhance groupings without using mimics. Arrange by isolation groups for rapid identification of group isolation completion. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Train operators in arrangement of panel and the interpretation of terms " Inboard" and " Outboard." PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: p Dato: FEB 2 8 !996 ( ) Additional page (s) attached l O l .______.m__ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
PEACH BOTTOM g HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-01 EP = 6/PRI 3 Code A TITLE: Control / Display Grouping COMMENT: Some control / display groupings not obvious. Item: N/A
- Ref.: SA3 Source: SCHS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C07B, 20C123, 0C06A, 20C07A, 20C08A, 20C06C, 20C05A, 20C04A, 20C12 ,
Component Name: Demarcation, Mimics ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: , No mimics or demarcation lines used to enhance control / display relationships on 20C07B or 20Cl23 panels. Demarcation was used O- on 20C06A, 07A, 08A, 06C, 04A, 05A, and C12 panels, but only around controls, not the related displays. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Panels ;will be enhanced through the use of color pads, demarcation, mimics, and hierarchal labeling to better identify functional and related component grouping. Related HEDs: D2-03, 12-06A. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Train personnel in meaning of enhancements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. TeamApprovalSignature:]h Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A-136
,,, PEACH BOTTOM [ s.) HED ASSESSMENT c HED No. SD3-02 EP = N/A/PRI 3 Code A TITLE: Feedwater Controls l COMMENT: Controls for feed valves not in expected order, Item: N/A Ref.: A3.2 Source: SCRS TDA l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C06A , Component Name: Feedwater Controls ID or. Number: 49,50,58,59,67,68 DESCRIPTION: The order of controls is check - Suction - Disch, but the order of valves in the system is Suction- Recirc - Check - Disch. O k- RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Reverse the order of Check and Suction valve controls. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide training in new control locations. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: ')( Date: FEB 2 81936 ( ) Additional page (s) attached I !O l l L_ _ bMS
PEACH BOTTOM [E). HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-03 l EP = N/A/PRI 4 i
. Code B TITLE:
' Air Ejector Indications l
COMMENT: Indications for air ejectors 1st and 2nd stages are not , in the expected order. Item: N/A Ref.: A3.2 Source: SCRS TDA r IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20CU6B Component Name: Air Ejector Pressure ID or Number: 2,3,4,5 DESCRIPTION: The meters are arranged in the order 2nd Stage - 1st Stage. The expected order is 1st Stage - 2nd Stage from left to right. This .l /'3 should be coordinated with recommended change to controls on h panel 20C07A. l RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) These are arranged in the order system is put in service, 2nd ! stage 1st; 1st stage 2nd. See also SD3-04, SD3-05. ! TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8133s ( ) Additional page(s) attached l 1 l l
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-04 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code B TITLE: Air Ejector Controls COMMENT: , Controls for air ejector 1st and 2nd stages are not in the expected order. Item: N/A Ref.: A '2 Source: SCRS l TC IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C07A Component Name: Air Ejector Controls ID or Number: 140, 141, 154, 155 l DESCRIPTION: i l The controls are arranged in the order 2nd Stage - 1st stage. l The expected order is 1st Stage - 2nd Stage from left to right. l This should be coordinated with recommended change to indications on Panel 20C06B. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) i l These are arranged in the order system is put in service, 2nd l l stage 1st; 1st stage 2nd. See also SD3-03, SD3-05. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. i PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FE8 2 8 tas j ( ) Additional page(s) attached l !() , _D-MD _ -l
PEACH BOTTOM
} HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-05 EP = N/A/PRI 3 Code C TITLE:
Air Ejector Controls / Indications COMMENT: Controls and indications on different panels, separated by a distance of approximately eight feet. Item: N/A Ref.: A3.7 Source: SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C6B/7A Component Name: Air Ejector ID or Number: 6B - 2,3,4,5 7A - 140,141,154,155 DESCRIPTION: As above. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Enhance grouping by use of color fields. This will allow operators to readily associate both groups of components. Steam jet air ejector discharge pressure gauges have been added to 07A above the controls. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: - Provide training in meaning of color fields. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None.
' Team Approval Signature h Date FEB 2 81986
( ) Additional page(s) attached 0 B-AG@-
PEACH BOTTOM
; HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-06 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code A I TITLE: -
l Condensate Panel Control Grouping COMMENT: l Controls for the steam seal packing exhauster are ! separated by condensate system controls. l l Item: N/A Ref.: A3.3 Source: SCRS j TDA s , IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C07A Component Name: Controls ID or Number: 144,145,157A,158,159,171,170,172,173 DESCRIPTION: ; These controls are not grouped for easy recognition of function and relationship. The condensate controls are not well arranged and the steam packing controls are split into two groups. l RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Enha'nce and rename to make relationship clear. The steam packing controls are part of the condensate system flow and are properly placed. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide training in new labeling nomenclature. l PrsOCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: Update procedures to include new nomenclature. Team Approval Signature: Date: FE9 2 8 mg l () Additional page(s) attached i 1 O A-141
1 PEACH BOTTOM p] HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-07 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Condensate Recirc Indication COMMENT: l Position indication lights not grouped with related Controls. I Item: N/A Ref.: A3.1 Source: SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C07A Component Name: Cond Recirc ( ID or Number 148 l I DESCRIPTION: The Condensate controls are located on the right side of the 7-' benchboard. The recirculation valve indicating lights are A_-) located on the left side with Screen Wash and Cire Water valve controls. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) These lights are not wired in and are not required. A recirc flow meter adequately indicates recirc status. Remove lights. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. - PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signatures b Date: FEB 2 8 Ins ( ) Additional page(s) attached j
. ..Y ,
A-142
i. PEACH BOTTOM
) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-08 i
EP = N/A/PRI 4 i Code D TITLE: Turbine Drain Controls COMMENT: Seat drains and line drains are reversed in order from each other. l I Item: N/A Ref.: A3.3 Source: SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C08A Component Name: Turbine Drains ID or Number: 252,253,258,259,264,265,269,270,275,276 DESCRIPTION: The two top controls are arranged in proper system order from left to right. The above seat drains (8) directly below are lt y arranged in reverse order, right to left, conflicting with the i line drains above them. l - - . RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) These valves are operated as a block and the order of operation , l is not important. They are properly labeled and will be, j enhanced. . l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: i None. t j TeamApprovalSignature:$ Date: FD 2 8 UM I ( ) Additional page(s) attached I
. __ __ _ _ _ ]\aN _ -__ - . _ _ . _ _ - _ _ _ _ .___-_-_-_-_-_.-_._________:__
PEACH BOTTOM
} HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-09 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code B TITLE:
Drain Tank Dump Indications COMMENT: Indicating lights are arranged in inccrrect order top to bottom Item: N/A Ref.: A3.2 Source: SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C08A Component Name: Drain Tank Dump Lights ID or Number: 243,244,245,290,291,292 l DESCRIPTION: These light sets are arranged from top to bottom in the following i order: D and A, E and B, F and C. The associated Moisture separater indications next to them are arranged in two columns top to bottom: A, B, C, and D, E, F. Correlation between the two is difficult. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) These valves are paired as presently installed. Labels are correct as indicatad. It is not important which order the lights are lettered and therefore correlation is not difficult. TRAINING REGOIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature Date: FEB 2 8 IMS ( ) Additional page(s) attached (a) _ - _ _ _ _ _ - _ . - - 6-800
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-10 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code B TITLE: Drain Tank Drains COMMENT: Indications located on separate boards. , It. ems .N/A Ref.: A3.2 Source: SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C06B/08A Component Name: Drain Tank Drains ID or Number: 06B - 80, 81, 82, 86, 87, 88, 10, 17, 24 08A - 243, 244, 245, 290, 291, 292 DESCRIPTION: These groups of drain tank indicators display level in the Moisture Separator Drain Tank, and are located on two different () boards. Console 98A. The lower grouping on board 06B cannot be seen from RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The drain tank indicators on 968 have annunciator high and low level alarms. No action is required from the control room as a result of thse indications. The indications on 08A are on the control console in clear view of the operator. Enhance identification of related controls / displays through use of color fields and demarcation. This is acceptable because the dump drain open light on the front console cues the operator to check the indica tion light on the back panel. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature Dater III 2 8 UN t ( j Additional page(s) attached I x_-) 1 A-145 _._.__.I__._--_-----------
t PEACll BOTTOM ' 77 HED ASSESSMENT
.i
~
HED No. 8D3-11 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code E TITLE: RECIRC Indications not Grouped COMMENT: < Grouping of indications is not consistent in the,A and l B loops. Item: N/A Ref.: A3.3 Source: SCRS { TDA l l IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C 04A Component Names Recire Indications ID or Number 418, 419, 426, 427 DESCRIPTION: Loop recirc pump parameters and jet pump parameters are intermixed. Total jet pump flow is grouped with loop flow, and individual jet pumps are grouped with recire pump 'A P. The loop [) flow (recire pump discharge) uses different units from jet pump total flow and is not directly comparable. I RESOLUTION: (Sched: None l
)
Arrangement is preferable in present location so that the R0 circulation Pump 6 P meter is next to the pump generator demand l mater and generator speed. To change this could cause another IIED . Panel will be l l enhanced to improve grouping relationships. ' ! TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Train personnel in meaning of enhancements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: Ncne. I l Tcam Approval Signaturet , Date s fgg 2 g ggg j ( ) Additional page (s) attached i i l A-14 6
r As ' PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-12 EP = N/A/PRI 4 ' Code: B ' TITLE: l CRD Indications l l t COMMENT! ' Indicators are inverse in order from controllers. Itemt N/A Ref. A3.2 Source: SCHS i TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panelt 20C OSA Component Names CRD Cooling Water and Drive Water ID or Number 449, 450, 453, 454 i DESCRIPTION: Meters at the top of the board are arranged Cooling Water and l Drive Water top to bottom. Pressure controllers at the bottom of L (]) the board are arranged Drive Water and Cooling Water top to bottom which is opposite from the meters. RESOLUTION: ($chedt None ) This variation in arrangement is not significant. These valves are not used except in startup; not in casualty operations. In addition, the panel will be enhanced to improve component [ relationships. I
~
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS None. Team Approval Signature: "b Date: FEB 2 8 Ises ( ) Additional page (s) attached l 0
. nNGl
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-13 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code D TITLE: HPCI Controls COMMENT! Torus suction contrsls not in correct order for flow. Item: N/A ' Ref. A3.2 Source SCHS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C 04B Component Names Torus Suction ID or Numbers 428, 434 DESCRIPTION Flow on this panel is from bottom to top. These two isolation valve . controls are arranged top to bottom, counter to flow p] direction. RESOLUTION: (Sched! None ) These. are 2 valves in series. Both are either open or closed so the order is unimportant. The panel *will be enhanced and relabeled to better identify this relationsnip. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS None. PROCEDURE HEQUIREMENTSt None. Team Approval Signatures , , Date: FEB 2 8 tus () dditional page(s) attached O A-148
i l l 6 PEACH BOTTOM
-)- , HED ASSESSMENT ;
i HED No. SD3-14 : i l EP = N/A/PRI 2 ! l l l Code A t l l TITLE: l HPCI Indications , COMMENT! Water and steam indications are not gro6 ped by . function. ' l
\
Item N/A Ref.: A3.3 Source: SCRS TDA I l IDENTIFICATION: Panelt 29C 048 Component Name s l Pump and Turbine indications i ID or Numbers 405, 403, 401, 404, 400 and un-( t numbered temp ind. ! I DESCRIPTION: i i The indications intermix water and steam indications and are not
- i()
l arranged in the best order for comparative readings. l
~
( RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) . t Swap locations of meters to improve functional groupings and comparative readings, and enhance. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Mod package. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. ; 1 Team Approval Signaturet k Da te s FES 2 8 1188 ( ) Additional page(s) attached l i l s __ _ _-____------------- 0-809 2
PEACH BOTTOM
} HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-15 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code A TITLE:
Control Arrangement COMMENT: Controls are not arranged in expected order,. I Item: N/A Ref.: A3.2 Source: SCRS l TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20CU7A [ Component Name: Annunciator Controls ID or Number N/A l DESCRIPTION: The annunciator controls are arranged in the reverse of the expected order with the Acknowledge button on bottom and the Test
,# button on top.
- l RESOLUTION: (Sched: None )
Swap positions of the controls. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Mod package. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81936 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A- 150
l l s PEACH BOTTOM [) HED ASSESSMENT l HED No. SD3-16 EP = N/A/PRI 3 Code B l 1 TITLE: Display Arrangement i COMMENT: l Meters are not arranged in expected order.
- Item: N/A Ref.: A3.2 Source: SCRS TDA l
IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C 09 , Component Name: Aux. Bus Volt Meters ID or Number: N/A l DESCRIPTION: The Aux. Bus 2 Volt Meter is located to the left of the Aux. Bus 1 Volt Meter on panel 20C-99, while the mimic busses are arranged l() with Bus 1 on top and Bus 2 on the bottom. This arrangement does not conform with what is expected by the operator. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Panel will be enhanced to clearly identify relationships. I Changing locations of meters left to right vice right to left l would not provide a significant improvement. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ! Train personnel in meaning of enhancements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature b Date: FE328!$H l ( ) Additional page(s) attached
/.
J' Q-151
l PEACH BOTTOM C HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-17 EP = N/A/PRI 3 Code: A TITLE: Display Arrangement COMMENT: Meters are not arranged in the expected order. Item: N/A Ref.: A3.2 Source SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 00C 24 Component Name: Startup Bus 3 Metern ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: * , The four Bus 3 Watt and Ampere meters are arranged with line 2 to the left of line 1, opposite of what is expected as the controls are arranged with line 1 to the left of line 2. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The location of meters will be reversed to match arrangement of Controls. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Train personnel in new locations. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signatures ) , Date: FEB 2 8 08 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A- 152
PEACH BOTTOM c' [h HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-18 EP = N/A/PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Control Grouping COMMENT: Controls are not functionally grouped. , Item: N/A Ref.: A3.3 Source: SCHS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panoi 20C 12 Component Name: Drywell Chill Water and Stack Dilution controls ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Controls for Drywell Chill Water and Stack Dilution (ventilation) ([} (2-systems are intermingled on the panel and no clear functional grouping exists. RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Enhance to aid in functional grouping. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Train personnel in enhancements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. TeamApprovalSignature:$b Date pgg 2 8 ggs ( ) Additional page(s) attached O Q- 153
PEACH BOTTOM M7g HED ASSESSMENT y HED No. SD3-19 EP = N/A/PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Control Grouping COMMENT Controls are separated from functional group. I Item: N/A Ref.: A3.3 Source: SCHS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C 12 Component Names Standby Gas Treatment Controls ID or Number: PO-20465, PO-20466 ! DESCRIPTION: l The four Chill Water controls on this. panel separate.two Standby. l Gas Treatment controls from the remainder of their group. This
N prevents a good functional group.
v' RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Enhance the grouping relationship. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide training in enhancemen ts . PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $ Date: ffB 29:H$ ( ) Additional page(s) attached 1 O . A- 154
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT l HED No. SD3-20 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code F i TITLE: Containment Ventilation Control Arrangement l COMMENT: r l Controls are mirror-imaged. } Item 8 N/A Ref.: A3.2 Source: SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C 12 ' Component Name Reactor Building Isolation Valves ID or Number: A0-20453, A0-20461, A0-20458, A0-20463, A0-20459, A0-20467, A0-20469-1, AO-20470-1, AO-20462, A0-20452, A0-20464, A0-20457 DESCRIPTION: The two groups of valves are arranged in mirror-images of each F other around an additional group of controls. This may be confusing for operators. l RESOLUTION! (Sched: None ) i l These controls are operated in pairs, and must all be open for the system to operate. Consequently, operating out of order would not result in any problems. No change needed. Panel will l be enhanced. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Train personnel in meaning of enhancements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature Date: FEB 2 81986 j ( ) Additional page(s) attached i !O l A- naa
PEACil DOTTOM l_ HED ASSESSMENT T HED No. SD3-2L ; l EP = N/A/ PRI 2 Code A f TITLE: RHR Indicator Arrangements l COMMENT: l Meters are not functionally grouped and are partly mirror-imaged. , r Item: N/A Ref.: A3.3 Source: SCRS i TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C 03 2 Component Names AC Amperes, PSIG Analog Indicators ID or Number: 1308, 10-A18, PI-233oB, ICA-A2B, 10A-A20, 10-AIC, 1300 : l DESCRIPTION: Meters are not arranged by function to facilitate comparative i,- readings and are mirror-imaged around flow meters. J MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Key indications for RHR Loop Flow and Reactor , Level are now , i highlighted. l l RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd m(gge1 ,
.)
Exchange locations of the meters to eliminate mirror-imaging and improve function grouping. Enhance to make relathionships clear. ( 1 i ! TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: I Provide training to operators on enhancement scheme and new l ! locations prior to implementation in the control room and during licensing training. See HED ST1-01. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Dates FEg 2 8 ING [ k, ( ) Additional page(s) attached fgz l v" l A- 156 ' i
PEACH BOTTOM '} ,/ HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-22 EP = N/A PRI 4 Code F TITLE: Drywell Pressure Indicator Arrangement COMMENT: Meters and recordets are not arranged consistently. Item: N/A Ref.: A3.2 Source: SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C 03 3 Component Name: Pressure Indicators ID or Number PI-2508, PI-2667, FR-2522, PR-2508 DESCRIPTION: Recorders are not arranged with Nitrogen Makup Pressure on the S left and Drywell Pressure on the right. The associated meters s' are reversed.
' HESOLUTION: (Sched: None )
The panel will be enhanced and labels will be improved. The p(3 pent arrangement is considered acceptable because during emergenep,-operations, only the drywell pressure recorder will be used. This recorder will be highlighted by enhancements. The drywell pressure indicator is a narrow range (-2, 0, +2 PSIG) used during normal operations. , TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Date: FEB 2 S lH6 Team Approval Signature: h ( ) Additional page (s) attached b
- a. 157
PEACH BOTTOM
- HED ASSESSMENT h.s)
HED No. SD3-23 EP = 6/PRI 1 Code: D TITLE: Control / Display Relationships COMMENT: Control / Display relationships not obv',us by grouping or enhancement. Item: N/A Ref.: SA3 Source: SCHS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Remote Shutdown Panel Component Name: N/A l ID or Ntmber: N/A DESCRIPTION: Association cf. related controls and displays is not obvious by their location or aided by mimics and demarcation lines. This is
- 3 especially true of the RCIC TURBINE SPEED and FLOW indications
) and the RCIC TURBINE STOP VALVE TRIP and STOP VALVE CONTROL switchen which are located in three different areas of the board.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: 1st Refuel ) Relocating instruments would be extremely difficult because of separation requirements. Enhancements including mimics and demarcation lines will be added to clearly identify relationships and groupings.
, TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
Train personnel in meaning of enhancements. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: i:j3 2 8 H25 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A- 158 i
PEACH DOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
'T; HED No. SD3-24
- j EP = N/A/PRI 6 Code: A TITLE:
Control Consistency COMMENT:- Controls do not use similar backing plates. Item: N/A Ref.: TDA Source: SCRS l l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Remote Shutdown Panel I Component Name: "J" Handle Controls l ID or Number: All i l DESCRIPTION: ! Controls on this panel use white backing plates / escutcheons, l while all other control panels have controls with black backing ! plates. (Exceptions on this panel are three INSTRUMENT TRANSFER l SWITCHES.) RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) These switches are different from those used in the control room l because they must be pulled to transfer control from the control room to the remote panel. The different color serves to remind operator of the additional control operation. The black switches are operated in the same manner as the control room switches and are the same color as the control room switches. This is not a discrepancy. (See HED SD3-27) TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $ Date: FEB 2 8 llH ( ) Additional page (s) attached fh A-159
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT tg HED No. SD3-25
~
EP = N/A/PRI 3 Code A TITLE: Indicator Arrangement COMMENT: Indicators are arranged in a mirror-imago. Item N/A Ref.: TDA Source: SCRS l l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C484A & B Component Name: Torus and Drywell O Indicators ! ID or Number: O I-4963B, O I-4963D l DESCRIPTION: l Torus and Drywell indicators are arranged with Torus on the left and Drywell on the right except for O I-4963B and O I-4963D which are arranged in a mirror immage with Torus on the right ahd l Drywell on the left. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None f Exchange the locations of the two indicators. ! TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide training in new indicator locations. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature Date FEg 2 81988 L ( ) Additional page (s) attached 1 I 4 'O . a A-160
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
]', HED No. SD3-26 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code D TITLE:
Control Grouping COMMENT: Controls for Nitrogen supply are not arranged properly. l Item: N/A Ref.: TDA Source: SCRS \ - IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C484A & B Component Name: Torus /Drywell N2 Supply Valves ID or Number SV-4950A, SV-4948A, SV-4951A, SV-4949A, SV-4950B, SV-4948B, SV-4951B, SV-4949B l DESCRIPTION: i ! The Na Supply valves for Torus and Drywell are intermixed l preventing clear functional grouping and the use of mimics. Other valves on this panel are grouped properly. This disparity could result in operator error. , RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The panel will be enhanced to more clearly demonstrate relation-l ships. This system would not be operated unless plant was far I into a LOCA with no time pressure on the operator. In addition, l operation of this system follows a detailed procedure which the l operator would have in front of him. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. l Team Approval Signature: "() Date ICL 2 5 MH ! ( ) Additional page (s) attached l l q v i A-161
3 PEACH BOTTOM fg HED ASSESSMENT l
-9 HEU No. SD3-27 EP,= N/A/PRI 4 Code: A TITLE:
Control Color Coding COMMENT: Transfer switches are not coded identically. Item: N/A Ref.: TDA Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Remote Shutdown Panel, Unit 2 Component Name: Transfer Switches s ID or Number: 13A-S60 DESCRIPTION: Three INSTRUMENT TRANSFER switches are mounted on black backing plates, while one is mounted on a white backing plate. This makes it difficult to locate the fourth switch as it blends in ." with all the other controls on the panel (all use white plates). RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Exchange the white backing plate for a black one to allow all transfer switches to stand out on the board by being coded identically. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 819% ( ) Additional page (s) attached
/%
A-162
\
PEACH BOTTOM ,gg , HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SD3-28 EP = N/A PRI 2 Code A y
' TITLE:
, __ Reactor Mode S' witch Location COMMENT:
Location of the Mode Selector Switch makes it difficult to identify mode position. Y Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: CRDR Team IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05A Component Name: Reactor Mode Switch ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
-The Reactor Mode Switch has a pointer to designate which mode the reactor is in. The location of the switch high on the benchboard l
,.,. causes the handle and pointer to obscure the positions on the j l'i backing plate.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Add. labels around the.J-Handle switch so that they are easily visible. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ' , .None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 ltN ps - ( ) Additional page (s) attached a
't i O
A-163
1 PEACH BOTTOM
.z
- HED ASSESSMENT ,
.lC)- HED No. SD4-01 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code: F TITLE:
-. . _. . Label Location ,
COMMENT: Label locations sometimes too low, sometimes obscured. ,
' l Item N/A Ref.: SA4.2 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: See HED DS-07 attachments.
Component Name: See HED D5-07 attachments. ! ID or Number: .See-HED D5-07 attachments. i~ DESCRIPTION: .
. Labels located low on the vertical panele and back wall panels are difficult to read. Often maintenance tags obscure labels.
I RESOLUTION: . (Sched: None ) I Use of-hierarchal labeling provides larger labels and places them above displays and controls to ensure all labels are easily read. Maintenance tags have been changed so that they- do not obscure labels or indications (see HEDs D3-05, D5-07 for evaluation of these controls). TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None.. Team Approval Signature: Date: p g 2 8 I;;g ( ) Additional page(s) attached 1 i A 164
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SDS-01 EP = N/A/PRI 3 Code A TITLE:
. - _ . _ _ Feedwater Pump Bypass Controller COMMENT:
Controller not clearly labeled. , Item: N/A Ref.: TDA Source: SCRS AS.1 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C 05A Component Name: Feed Pump Bypass ID or Number: 466 DESCRIPTION: This controller has three indicators and two controls. The function of each is not clearly indicated. O ( MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Provide labe'ls for controller indications and controls as appropriate. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: j Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached A 165
PEACH BOTTOM s HED ASSESSMENT
$ HED No. SD5-02 EP = N/A/PRI 3 Code A TITLE:
Control Position Escutcheons COMMENT: Chilled Water System controls missing position labels. Item: N/A Ref.: TDA Source: SCRS AS.1 IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C 12 Component Name: Chilled Water System Controls ID or Number: MO-20246, MO-20245, AO-20268-1 DESCRIPTION: These four thumbknob controls do not have escutcheons to mount position labe)s. As a result, labels are attached to the panel for three of the controls and AO-20268-1 is not labeled. e-RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Provide escutcheon plates with proper position labels. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. , PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: j Date: ,g ;3.g ( ) Additional page(s) attached
<*K x.y i
A- 16 6
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
)
HED No!~ SE2-01 EP = 6 /PRI 5 Code A TITLE:
. Illumination Levels.
COMMENT: Lighting not uniform over panel. . Ref.: SF2.2 Source: SCRS Item: N/A IDENTIFICATION: Panel: RSP Component Name: Lighting ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: The' lighting levels over the RSP vary, bright at the top (two 80 ft. candles) and dark at the bottom (45-50 foot candles). MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Lighting on lowest controls on panel is adequate (60 ft. candles). RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) New lighting han been installed and the team cosiders it to be adequeate. . TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: Date: gg 2 81986 , 1 ( ) Additional page (s) attached A 167
I PEACH BOTTOM
- 57% HED ASSESSMENT W SE2-02 HED No.
EP = 4 /PRI 5 Code A TITLE:
~- -
. Illumination and Shadowing COMMENT:
Lights above panel shadow lower controls, i Item: N/A Ref.: SF2.3 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: RSP Component Name: Lighting ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
. Controls on the. lower portion of the RSP are somewhat shadowed by controls located above them.
p U RESOLUTION: , (Sched: N/A ) The new lighting is placed so that lower portions are not shadowed. The team considers it to be adequate.
% 5: g3 -
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Gignature: Date: h 8 2 S UM ( ) Additional page(s) attached
- O v
A- 168
l l l I PEACH BOTTOM
, ;"';, HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SE2-03 EP = 6 /PRI 5 Code A TITLE: .__
_ Display Glare COMMENT: Glare on all displays. , Item: N/A Ref.: SF2.4 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: RSP Component Name: Indicators ID or Number: All DESCRIPTION: Lighting on this panel causes excessive glare on a:1 analog indicators, making it difficult to read up-scale indications. kh' RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) New lighting has diffusers installed which has reduced glare. The team considers it to be adequate.
'-]h . 43' TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Approval Signature: !)k Date: FEB 2 8196 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
. )
A 169 l
1 PEACH BOTTOM
)], HED ASSESSMENT w.
HED No. SIl-01 EP = 6/PRI 4
- Code F .
! TITLE: n._..___. ._ . - - " High Module Location / Readability - i i
- COMMENT
Module of displays too high. , i Item: N/A Ref.: SBl.1 Source: SCRS , IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C08B Component Name: N/A ID or' Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: , j A new module added.to the C08B panel.is located very.high.on the i board (more then 80") . The displays are very small and appear ir73 difficult to read. Also, the scales are in red ink. ' 3:3 i RESOLUTION: (Sched: None )
'This is a support display and is not safety related. It is , acaquate for its purpose.- The monitor is read once per shift and does not require rapid operator action. Also, this system is , , alarmed, and will annunciate if a problem develops. ; TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
None. IROCEDURE. REQUIREMENTS: .
' None. ,
I Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 itu ( ) Additional page(s) attached i l l l l 1 l 4 A.17 0
-- -- -, . _ _ _ . _ - . . . . . . - , . . - . _ . .- . . - - - , , _ . . - _ _ _ - , - ~ , _ . - - - - - _ . .
i PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SIl-02 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code: A TITLE: .
- Multi-Scale Indicators COMMENT:
A multi-scale indicator is used. , Item: N/A Ref.: SBl.2 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Remote Shutdown Panel Component Name: PSI /VAC meter ID or Number: 96X DESCRIPTION: The PSI /VAC indicator uses a 0,15,30, etc. to measure pressure and an 0,-30 scale to measure vacuum. This is potentially confusing. The 0,-30 vacuum scale is missing a "-15" graduation. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Terminology differences are acceptable as negative pressure is referred to as vacuum. This is consistent with similar gauges in the control room. Alter display face to include appropriate graduations and engineering units. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: 'j) Date: FEB 2 81N6 ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A 171
- . PEACH BOTTOM [j; HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SI2-01 EP = 4/PRI 4 Code F - TITLE: Recorder Location Low COMMENT: Some recorders located low. , Item: N/A Ref.: SB2.1 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C08B, 20C21 Component Name: Recorders ID or Number: COBB - TR 2402,TR 2411,TR 2658,TR 2401 i C21 - TR 2-2-3-31, TR 2-2-184-26 j DESCRIPTION: Several recorders.are located-low enough.on_the. vertical panels.._, that. reading them may be difficult due to the limited room between consoles and vertical boards. { RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Access is adequate for purpose intended. Instruments on back panel provide operational support and do not require immediate operator action. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
;G A 172
PEACH BOTTOM ") > HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SI2-02 EP = N/A/PRI 3 Code A TITLE:
-Feedwater Startup Bypass Controller - -
COMMENT: Controller valve position indicates closed,at 100% on the scale. Item: N/A Ref.: B2.7 Source: SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C OSA Component Name: Pump C Discharge Bypass ID or Number: 444 DESCRIPTION: Controller has a valve position meter that indicates 0 and 100% left to right. The left side at 0% scale is marked OPEN, and the '
.4.- right side at 100% is marked CLOSE. These are contradicting.
open and close are also opposite to convention of closed on left and open on right. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Reverse open and close pushbuttons to make them cons'istent with the standard arrangement. Meter will be corrected so that 0% is closed and on the left, 100% is open on the right. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Mod package. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: , None. Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 tus ( ) Additional page(s) attached A 173
PEACH BOTTOM 'c.771 - HED ASSESSMENT _y HED No. SI2-93 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Reactor-Pressure Indication - l COMMENT: Meter scale not properly numbered. , Item: N/A Ref.: B2.19 Source: SCRS ' TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel:. 20C 05A Component Name: Reactor Pressure C ID or Number: 483 ' i DESCRIPTION: , Meter C is same range as meters- A and B but uses different ---scale- - numbers. Meters A and B read 9 to 1299 PSIG but meter C reads 9-12 x 190 PSId. 9 (}} j RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) , Rescale Meter C to be the same as meters A and B. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: r None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: i i None. 1
- . Team Approval Signature
- f _a Date: FEB 2 8 mm
( ) Additional page(s) attached 1 I 1 , l [ I j. A- 17 4
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SI2-04 EP = N/A PRI 4 Code A/F TITLE:
- ~~
Recorder Scale Markings COMMENT: Scales use non-standard markings / graduations. l ! Item: N/A Ref.: TDA Source: SCRS f i IDENTIFICATION: Panel: See attached Component Name: See attached ID or Number: See attached l DESCRIPTION: l The scales on these indicators use graduations of 3's (i.e., ! 3, 6, 9, 12, etc.). Recommended human factors guidelines specify multiples of 1, 2, or 5.
*}
RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) See attached sheet for resolutions and codes (see HEDs I2-08 and I2-99). TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Pone. ! PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: 28 M (3) Additional page (s) attached I
,! \
N,) A- -17 5
-s HED SI2-04 i attachment ~' Pa'ge 1 The following recorder and indicator scales do not meet human factors guidelines for reasons other than those discussed in 12-08, I2-09: 20C07A LR-2085: The three scales on this recorder use different incre-ments (0, 5, 10, 15.. 30 and 0, 10, 20, 30). Resolution: They will be standardized (0, 5, 10... recommended). Code A O R-2556: scales 0 - 100 is not correct; O - 20 is correct. Resolution: Change both to 0 - 20. Code A 20C08A PI-2404: reads in INCHES H 2 O VAC, should read INCHES Hg VAC. Words " Steam Exhauster Vacuum" appear where engineering units should be. Resolution: Delete words. Add IN Hg VAC. Code A 00C24 XMFR-00X05 Tap Changer: (1, 3, 5.. 33 scale) XMFR-00X03 Tap Changer: (1, 2, 3, 4. . 33 scale) Resolution: Tap changers indicate discrete steps. Not used under transient conditions. Acceptable as is. Code F 20C09 2 GEN A OAM: Phase amp. 3 GEN A BAM: Phase amp. Resolution: Phase amp scales are difficult to read due to small print. These scales are not used in time sensative situations. They have dual scales with a selection switch. Smaller numbers are used to fit in two ; q scales. Team considered numbers readable. I
;,/ Acceptable as is. Code B l
l l
% HED SI2-04
- y attachment 20C04C LR-8123A TR-8123A PR-8102A REACT PRESSURE These instruments are difficult to read due to small print on scales. However, they duplicate scales on the Reactor Control Console 20COSA console.
Resolution: These recorder / indicators are used to' determine trends while ECCS system is operating. Discrete readings are not required. Acceptable as is. Code F 20C03-2 LR-8123B PR-8102B TR-8123B LR-2-2-3-110B These instruments are difficult to read due',to small print on scales. However, they duplicate scales on the Reactor Control Console 20C05A console. h Resolution: These recorder / indicators are used to determine trends while ECCS system is operating. Discrete readings are not required. Acceptable as is. Code F 00C196 H I-4029: the H scale is handwritten TRS-7451: temporary labels need to be replaced Resolution: Provide permane.it scales and labels. Code A 20C484A,B H R-4965A,C H R-4965B,D 0 R-4963A,C O R-4963B,D The numbers on the scales are difficult to distinguish from the scale graduations due to small size and crowding. Resolution: The team reviewed these recorders and found them to be readable without difficulty. Code F
57g HED SI2-04 207 attachment Page 3 20Cl2 DPI-20001, DPI-20002; INCHES H 2 O DPI-20003-2, DPI-20003-1: measures INCHES W.C. DPI-30003-2, DPI-30003-1: temp. labels use IN. W.C.
~ ~ ~ ~
These need to be standardized. ~~ In addition, W.C. = water column;
~ ~
should~be~ INCHES H2 0. TI-2228 - handwritten scale - should be made permanent. Resolution: Change engineering units all these to IN H 2 0. Replace handwritten scale with permanent scale. Code A 20C04A REACT BLDG. TEMP - handwritten scale, should be made permanent. Resolution: Replace with permanent scale. Code A FI-141A,B (0, 75, 100, 125.. 250) [a) Resolution: Change scales, see HED I2-09. l l l 4
l
,,7s PEACH BOTTOM Rgy) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SI2-05 EP = N/A PRI 4 Code A
'~ ~ TITLE: Selector Light' Color COMMENT: Generator Range Selector Light is currently green. Item: N/A Ref.: B2.14 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C09 Component Name: Generator AMPS Range Select Light ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: The green' Generator Range Selector Light does not conform to 7, standards. All other range selector lights are white. .V RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) 1 The Generator Range Selector Light will be changed to white. ! TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ' None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. -
' Team Approval Signature: Ip Date: FEB 2 81986
( ) Additional page(s) attached >v O A. _ _ - 17 6
1 l l PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT (' ) HED No. SI3-01 EP = N/A/PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Recorder Pen Colors
~ ~ ~ ~~
COMMENT: Cleanup filter outlet conductivity recorder pen colors not in expected order. Item: N/A Ref.: B3.10 Source: SCRS TDA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C 04A Component Name: Filter Outlet Conductivity ID or Number: 435 DESCRIPTION: g Normally Red-is A loop and Black is B loop. -They are switched on this recorder. '\[] RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Exchange pen inputs. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: s' ,5"- .. 43 None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 1988 ( ) Additional page(s) attached l I O A 177
i PEACH BOTTOM
- 7N HED ASSESSMENT C3 HED No. SI4-01 EP = 4/PRI 6 Code A TITLE-Key Switches COMMENT
Keys left in switches. , Item: N/A Ref.: SB4.2 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 00Cl24,-20C05A,20C09,20C03-1,2,3,4 Component Name: Key Switch ID or Number: See attached. DESCRIPTION: See attached.
~
r~ m x RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Key switches are controlled by procedures. In most cases keys remain in the switches during normal operations TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: (EEne. s. . PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. . Team Approval Signature: Date: Fgg 2 g pg (1) Additional page (s) attached j u l [) R> i 1 i A 178 l
HED SI4-01 q attachment .. i7 Page 1 20C09 SYNCHRO CHECK RELAY BYPASS SWITCH 20C05A DSCH VOLUM5 HI WTR BYPASS (key in normal) RHR SAMPLE LINE OUTBOARD RHR SAMPLE LINE INBOARD RAD GAS SAMPLER OUTBOARD (SV-8101) ' RAD GAS SAMPLER INBOARD (SV4966ABCD) DRYWELL INST N2 (AO-2969A,B) 00Cl24 THRUST BEARING WEAR TEST (key in normal position, not test) 20C03-2 TORUS SUCTION (MO-10-138, MO-10,130) (keys in)
)
20C03-4 HIGH PRESS SERV. WTR PUMPS AUTO (10A-519A) TORUS SUCTION (MO-10-13A, MO-10-13C) HPSW/RHR EMERG INTER TIE (MO-10-174, MO-10-176) HPSW HEADERS TIE (MO-10-186) 20C03-3 O ANALYZER INBOARD / OUTBOARD (SV-2671, SV-2978) HPSW/RHR EMERG. INTER TIE (MO-10-174, MO-110-176) HPSW HEADERS (MO-10-186) SUPP. POOL SUCTION (MO-14-78, MO-14-70) i s
~T. PEACH BOTTOM s' HED ASSESSMENT HED No. SPl-01 EP = 6/PRI 4 Code: A TITLE: Remote Shutdown Panel Procedures COMMENT: , Procedures not easily accessible while at panel. Item: N/A Ref.: SE1 Source: SCRS IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Remote Shutdown Panel Component Name: Procedures ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: " Procedures to be used for RSP operation are chained shoulder high zs to the panel and are difficult to read. Even if removed from chain, no lay-down space exists for the operator to place the procedures. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Procedures' location and availability are adequate. They are nound in a light pamphlet that can be easily removed from chain holder and held in hand. Not considered a significant problem. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: h - Date: FEB 2 8 iggs 1 O A-179
l PEACH BOTTOM y-. h. HED ASSESSMENT
. HED No. SPl-02 i I
- EP = N/A /PRI 2 f Code A ,
f
._.n__... . TITLE: . Procedure Terminology Update i
COMMENT: Procedures -need to be updated to include terminology used in panel enhancements. ' i I Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: Assess- l ment IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All l Component Name: All ; i ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: i A 'revi~ sed nomenclature manual was developed in conjunction with !
- the design of enhancements and use of hierarchal labeling on
) panels. Procedures must be updated to reflect these changes. t t
i RESOLUTION: (Sched: See VW HEDs ) + for Schedule ; l l Update procedures using the standard nomenclature and abbrevia- i i tions developed during enhancement design. Emergency procedures : (TRIP T-199- and T-200 series) will be revised to coincide with
) implementation of enhancement. All other procedures will be f revised during the normal review cycle. l
- TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
- e j Provide operator training in nomenclature. 1 PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS:
Update procedures (See Resolution). f ! Approval Signature: $ Date: FE8 2 8 W6 ; ( ) Additional page(s) attached l l ~ ; 1 A 180
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT ! {v]. ' HED No. ST1-01 EP = N/A PRI 3 Code A , TITLE: Training Update on Enhancements COMMENT: . Designs for panel enhancements need to be explained to operators. , i Item: N/A Ref.:-N/A Source: Assess- i ment IDENTIFICATION: Panel: All ! Component Name: All 7 ID or Number: N/A l DESCRIPTION: Enhancements -to--panels have been added using general rules and- ~ specifications. Operators must be trained in'the concept of ,
/~} enhancements for initial implementation in the control room and (2) for new operators during licensing training.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) i Provide training to operators on enhancement scheme prior to implementation in the control room and during licensing training.
-TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
Provide training to operators on enhancement scheme prior to implementation in the control room and during licensing training. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: ) , Date: FD 2 8126 ( ) Additional page(s) attached j l A- 181 '
l lh PEACH BOTTOM ~i HED ASSESSMENT HED No. NRCl-01 EP = /PRI 6 Code A TITLE: Torus Recorders Scales , f COMMENT: Scale characters are very small and difficult'to read. Item: N/A Ref.: B2.4 Source: NRC Audit IDENTIFICATION: Panel: C03 Component Name: Torus Level and Temp. Recorder ID or Number: LR-8123B, TR-8123B DESCRIPTION: Scale characters do not conform to guideline of NUREG 0700, 6.5.1.3.a. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) These recorders meet NUREG 0700 requirements for a reaaing distance of 3 feet. This is a manned station during emergency operations and therefore meets the guidlines. The CRDR team reviewed these recorder scales and found them to be tully satisf actory for the purpose intended. Not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: #j h j Date: FEB 2 8 isss
- ( ) Additional page(s) attached
PEACH BOTTOM g , HED ASSESSMENT HED No. NRC2-01 EP = N/A.PRI 4 Code B
- i. TITLE:
Duel Grid Chart. Recorder i COMMENT: Duel grid on charts make it difficult to read values, i Item: N/A Ref.: B3.1 Source: SPDS 4 Review
! IDENTIFICATION: Panel: ECCS 20C-03 Component Name: Duel Channel Recorders ID or Number: LR-2-2-3-110B, TR-4805, Ia-8102B, [
TR-8123B, NR-2-07-046A-D i DESCRIPTION: i I* In order- to identify some values on the recorder, it is often
- necessary to pull out paper to find the proper grid. This makes l reading difficult.
l l RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) i l These recorders are used to indicate direction of change to the '
, operator. It is not necessary to read absolute values from the trend line. The recorders have analog scales to accurately read i
the current parameter value. Chart scales are used for ' historical information. i . TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ' l None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: !
- None.
i, A1 Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 isss ( ) Additional page(s) attached i ) I A.183
'~
PEACH BOTTOM j HED ASSESSMENT
.s _
HED No. NRC2-02 EP = N/A PRI 4 ' Code B TITLE: Extra Scale on Chart _ COMMENT: Drywell temperature recorder chart has a grid scale that is not used. Item: N/A Ref.: B3.1 Source: SPDS Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 Component Name: Drywell Temp. Recorder ID or Number: TR-4805 DESCRIPTION: Extra scale is unnecessary and could be confusing. n RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) These recorders are used to indicate direction of change to the , operator. It is not necessary to read absolute values from the trend line. The recorders have analog scales to accurately read the current parameter value. Chart scales are .used for historical information. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. i PROCEDURE REQUIRE!!ENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: h Date: FB 2 8 0% ( ) Additional page(s) attached , 1 e D 1 1 A- 184 _ _ _ _
'f ,
PEACH BOTTOM
< ~s HED ASSESSMENT Tv:) ~
HED No. NRC2-03 EP = N/A PRI 4 Code A TITLE: _ _ . _ Label _ Terminology. COMMENT: The terms " containment" and "drywell" are used interchangeably. ' Item: N/A Ref.: AS.5 Source: SPDS Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 Component Name: Drywell Pressure Recorder ID or Number: P7-8102B DESCRIPTION: The terms " containment" and "drywell" are used interchangeably. O RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Labeling will be made consistent as part of the overall enhancement and hierarchal labeling improvements. (See HED D5-02.) TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $k Date: FEB 2 a en ( ) Additional page (s) ' attached n s A 185
PEACH BOTTOM SS HED ASSESSMENT d HED No. NRC2-04 EP = N/A PRI 3 Code A TITLE: _ ..__Different Engineering _ Units on Recorder COMMENT: The dual scale pressure recorder uses different engineering units for the two pressure scales.' Item:-N/A Ref.: B2.3 Source: SPDS Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 Component Name: Drywell Pressure Recorder ID or Number: PR-8102B DESORIPTION: The recorder has a wide range and narrow range scale. The wide range reads in PSIG, the narrow in PSIA. This is potentially .A confusing. ( ) l MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: , The critical high and low pressures on the narrow range are backed up by annuniciator alarms. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Change the narrow range scale to read in PSIG, like the units of I the wide range scale. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. . Team Approval Signature: f Date: FEB 2 8 H86 ( ) Additional page(s) attached I i A 186
l' PEACH BOTTOM
,3 HED ASSESSMENT HED No. NRC2-05 EP = N/A PRI 3 Code A TITLE:
Scale Incr'ements Too Large COMMENT: Scales cannot be read to the necessary accuracy. Item: N/A Ref.: B2.3, B2.ll Source: SPDS Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 Component Name: Drwell Pressure, APRM Recorder ID or Number: PR-8102B, NR2-07-046B DESCRIPTION: The wide range scale can only be read to 5 PSIG accuracy, but must be read to 2 PSIG. The APRM scale can be read to 5% accuracy, but it is necessary to identify the 3% power level. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Drywell Pressure: The narrow range scale provides readings to .1 pounds in the range required. (See HED NRC2-04.) APRM: The APRM down-scale lights energize at 3% power. This is clear indication for reaching that power level. This is not a dicerepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81986 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
\
_/ A- 187
i PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. NRC2-06 EP = N/A PRI 5 Code A TITLE:- Drywell Pressure Chart Paper COMMENT: Chart paper scale does not match indicator scale. Item: N/A Ref.: B3.1 Source: SPDS Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 Component Name: Drywell Pressure Recorder ID or Number: PR-8102B DESCRIPTION: Chart paper scale does not match indicator scale. O RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) MOD 1248 replaced this recorder with a new recorder. 'The scale and paper have been matched. r3p c+ . TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FQ 2 8 lSS6 ! ( ) Additional page (s) attached l s. 1 1 A 188 _ . _ _ - - -- l
PEACH BOTTOM
- ? HED ASSESSMENT
..;) HED No. NRC2-07 EP = N/A PRI 5 Code A TITLE-Missing Engineering Unit COMMENT: Scales do not have engineering units indicated., O Item: N/A Ref.: B2.1 Source: SPDS Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 Component Name: Torus Temp. Recorder, Torus Level Recorder ID or Number: TR-8123B, LR-8123B DESCRIPTION: Scales do not have engineering units indicated. O RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) MOD 1248 replaced these recorders with new recorders. The scale has engineering units. E3p- - NB-TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81985 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
~/_
A-189
o c PEACH BOTTOM
) HED ASSESSMENT.
HED No. NRC2-08 EP = N/A PRI 6 Code A TITLE: _ _ _ _ COMMENT: The terms " Suppression Pool" and " Torus" are used interchangeably.
- Item
- N/A Ref.: A5.5 Source: SPDS l
I Review l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 l Component Name: Torus Temp. Recorder /FSAR ID or Number: TR-8123B DESCRIPTION: - The FSAR refers to Suppression Pool. The control room ,,g instruments refer to TORUS. This could be confusing.
)
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) The TORUS is technically the Suppression Pool and therefore the term Suppression Pool is acceptable for the FSAR. The control room uses the term TORUS throughout and this term will be used as
- part of the hierarchal labeling scheme and procedure updating.
l 1 (See HE D5-02.) l l TRAIi;ING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: i None. l Team Approval' Signature: , Date: FB 2 8 H86 ( ) Additional page(s) attached l ln w A- 190
PEACH BOTTOM (2) uw . HED ASSESSMENT HED No. NRC2-09 EP = N/A PRI 6
~
Code A TITLE: l
-~ Containment Isolation Panel Labels COMMENT:
The labels on the containment isolation summary display panel are too small. Item: N/A Ref.: AS.9 Source: SPDS Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 Component Name: Containment Isolation Summary Display ID or Number: 20C-03-1 DESCRIPTION: The letters on labels for this panel are too small to be seen from the operators desk. , RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) This station is manned by the Chief Operator for any plant condition that involves group isolation. The labels ~ are an cdequate . size to be read by an operator at this station. Not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: , Date: FEB 2 81586 ( ) Additional page(s) attached [Vi A- 191
I ~h PEACH BOTTOM
?
HED ASSESSMENT HED No. NRC2-10 EP = N/A PRI 6 Code A
-- - --- TITLE :-
Colors Are Reversed COMMENT: Scale colors do not match selector switch colors. Item: N/A Ref.: A3.5 Source: SPDS Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-05A Component Name: APRM/IRM Recorders ID or Number: APRM/IRM Recorders DESCRIPTION: , The selector switches for APRM/IRM scales on the recorder is red $, for the red pen and black for the black pen, but the APRM scale w is black and the IRM scale is red. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) The description of the deficiency is not correct. The black scales are used for both the APRM and IRM ranges. A supplementary red scale provides a special dual scale for the IRM ranges only. The operators are throuroughly trained in the use of these scales for the IRM range since it is critical to the startup process. The scale colors are coordinated with the IRM range selector switches. This has not caused a problem in 12 years of operation. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None.
, PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS:
None. n Team Approval Signature: Date:FEB 2 8 Im +> ( ) Additional page(s) attached A- 19 2
y , PEACH BOTTOM tu, HED ASSESSMENT HED No. NRC2-ll EP = 8/PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Torus Level Zone Marking Torus level scale has no zone markings. , l l Item: N/A Ref.: B2.1 Source: SPDS I AS.2 Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 Component Name: Torus Level Recorder ID or Number: LR-8123B ' DESCRIPTION: Although the scale resolution is adequate for the use with TRIP L
. procedures, the lack of zone markings make the meter difficult
.x to read from a distance or for rapid scan during emergencies. RESOLUTION: (Sched: Completed ) l The Torus Level scales will be enhanced through the application i of zone markings or alarm points. (See HEDs DS-01, I2-01.) j l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: l None. Team Approval Signature 1h Date FD 2 8 !Mi ( ) Additional page (s) attached ' O A-193
((} PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
, HED No. NRC2-12 EP = N/A PRI 2 Code A TITLE: -
Reactor Level Accuracy
" COMMENT: ,
The reactor water level meters cannot be read to the , required accuracy. Item: N/A Ref.: B2.1 Source: SPDS i AS.2 Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C-03 Component Name: Reactor Water Level Recorder ID or Number: LR-2-2-3-110B l DESCRIPTION: The scale is graduated in 5 inch increments. Procedures require 'As. the identification of -48 inches. The scale cannot be easily .U' interpreted to the required accuracy. f RESOLUTION: (Sched: Completed ) l The reactor water level recorder scale will be enhanced through the application of zone markings or alarm points. (See HEDs 12- ' 01, D5-01.) i l i l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. l Team Approval Signatures h>g Date: FEB 2 8 un ( ) Additional page(s) attached A-194
1^, PEACH BOTTOM _y HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-01 EP = N/A PRI 5 Code A _ ___ TITLE: Main Steam Rad. Monitor Drift COMMENT: Main Steam Line Radiation Monitor instrument error i due to zero drift. Item: N/A Ref.: 3-81-7/3L Source: LER 2-81-12/3L Review 2-81-15/3L l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20ClO Component Name: Rad. Monitor ID or Number: Main Steam Line Rad. Monitor "A" and "D" l l DESCRIPTION: . . . l ! Routine inspection of the main steam line radiation monitors R.! revealed that the "A" monitor indicated levels about 15 percent l lower (two times) and the "D" monitor indicated levels about 50 percent lower than technical specifications require. Instrument error was due to zero drift. Three previous occurences. RESOULTION: (Sched: N/A ) l Labels have been added to the panels next to meters to record the expected background readings. Reactor Operator round sheets have been revised to facilitate comparing readings. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signatures e i Dater FH 2 8 NN ( Additional page (s) attached !O
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-02 EP = N/A PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Inappropriate Operation of Feedwater Inlet Valve COMMENT: Feedwater Inlet valve was not properly closed. Item: N/A Ref.: 3-81-14/1T Source. LER Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C06B Component Name: Feedwater Inlet Valve ID or Number: R0-3-2-29B D.SSCRIPTION: While attempting to maintain reactor vessel level, improper use of the Feedwater Inlet Valve caused vessel level to increase above the main steam lines resulting in reactor pressurization. () MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Operation of these valves are restricted by mechanical devices. These are required prior to startup. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Add caution near Feedwater Inlet Valve controls to indicate that these valves will not fully seat under pressure. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None Team Approval Signature: Date: FH 281M6 ( ) Additional page(s) attached l -(b) i A- 19 6 i
PEACH BOTTOM
, HED ASSESSMENT
~ HED No. LER-03 EP = N/A PRI 6 Code A TITLE: Coordination of operations and Maintenance Activities COMMENT: Reactor coolant temperature exceeded technical specifications due to lack of coordination' between operations and maintenance activities. Item: N/A Ref.: 2-81-31/3L Source: LER Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: Same as above. D RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Adequate information and knowledge were available at time of event. No corrective action in control room design is required. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: [h Date: FEB 2 8 ms ( ) Additional page (s) attached O A-197
i l PEACH BOTTOM f' HED ASSESSMENT .w HED No. LER-04 i EP = N/A PRI 6 Code A TITLE: Technical Specification Violation COMMENT: l Operator failed to shut 'down plant foilowing a violation of technical specifications. l Item: N/A Ref.: 2-81-37/lT Source: LER Review l l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A l Component Name N/A l ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: .._. .. With reactor at power, HPCI turbine exhaust drain valve failed fO. closed. Operator failed to initiate cold shut down as required l under these conditions. l RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A )
- operations personnel were counseled about initiating shutdowns as l required by Technical specifications. No corrective action in l control room design is required.
l l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. ! l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: l l None. l Team Approval Signature: Date FEB 2 81995 ( ) Additional page(s) attached [') v
. A- 198
l PEACH BOTTOM f-} HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-05 EP = N/A PRIlE~ Code A I TITLE: .. Instrument Operability Requirements l COMMENT: .
- Operator failed to comply with operability require-ments of APRM's.
I l Item: N/A Ref.: 2-81-39/lT Source: LER Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20ClO Component Names APRM Monitor ID or Number All DESCRIPTION: Operating personnel failed to recognize that APRM did not have required LPRM inputs to be operable. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) l ! Placards have been installed on reactor consoles stating that APRM's must have at least two LPRM inputs per level to be operable. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. ( PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. I Team Approval Signature: "h Date FEB 2 8 $N I ( ) Additional page(s) attached A-199
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASS 7SSMENT HED No. LER-06 l EP = N/A PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Diesel Generator Restart Procedural Requirements COMMENT: Operator failed to follow procedure f9r starting diesel generator. : l Item N/A Ref.: 2-81-44/3L Source LER Review l l IDENTIFICATION: Panels l Component Name s Diesel Generator i ID or Numbert All r ( l DCSCRIPTION: , l Operator failed--to allow sufficient-time to expire prior -to attempting a restart of a diesel generator. Procedures required a sixty second delay. L'"') y RESOLUTION: . (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) j Reword information tajs on the panel. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 5,jk , g, l None. - l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTdt None. . Team Approval Signature: "jg . Date: FEB 2 8 UH (.) dditional page(s) attached i f i O , 9 A- 200
PEACH BOTTOM f). HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-07 EP = N/A PRI 5 Code A TITLE: -- Technical Specification Modificationc Availability COMMENT: Updated technical specifications not available in Control room. Item: N/A Ref.: 2-81-46/1T Source: LER Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A l Component Name: N/A ID or Number N/A DESCRIPTION: ? Operator confusion resulting from pending changes to technical specifications that had not yet been approved. 6 RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) l operators are no longer provided pending changes to technical specifications. E3E .. - TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. l Team Approval Signature: ) h Date: FEB 2 8 isss ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A-201
PEACH BOTTOM
? HED ASSESSMENT
> HED No. LER-08 EP = N/A PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Valve Alignment Procedural Requirements COMMENT: Operator failed to properly align valves au speci-fied in procedure. Item N/A Ref.: 3-82-27/3L Source: LER j Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C04C Component Names RCIC Suction Valve ID or Numbert DESCRIPTION: , While performing a surveillance test, operators left-the RCIC l suction valve closed following the stroking section of the test. O RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Enhancements will be designed to assist operator in aligning valves properly. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS None. ' PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS None. l Team Approval Signaturet #1 , Date FEB 2 813H ( ) Additional page(s) attached A- 202
i Q PJ PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No LER-09 EP = N/A PRI 6 Code N/A TITLE: Valve Status Procedural Requirements COMMENT: Operators personnel failed to properly log va'lve status as required by procedure. l l Item: Ref.: 2-82-27/1T Source: LER l Review i IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A l Component Name: N/A . I ID or Number: Service Air Locked Valve s .. _ DESCRIPTION: >w operations personnel failed to enter the service air valves g_) status in the locked valve log book when the valves were opened. l HESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) The arror was made by floor operators. Not part of control room review. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: h Date: FB 2 8 BH ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A- 203
l l
) PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-10 EP = N/A PRI 6 Code N/A TITLE: Coordination Between Operations and Testing Activities COMMENT:
Lack of coordination between operations and testing activities resulted.in a.LOCA signal. Item: Ref.: 3-83-07/lT Ecurce: LER Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: ' ) A pressure surge in the reference leg of the 2B Yarway Instrumentation loop during surveillance testing initiated a LOCA
- s ig na l .
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Error was caused by maintenance personnel. Reactor Operator reacted correctly. No corrective action in control room design is required. TRAINING REQUIPdMENTS: None. PROCEDURE RI.QUIREMENTS: None. TeamApprovalSignatures#jg Date: FD 2 8 ms ( ) Additional page(s) attached (~) V l A-204 i
l l PEACH BOTTOM
) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-ll EP N/A PRI 6 Code N/A TITLE:
Valve Blocking Procedural Requirements COMMENT: Operator failed to properly block reator water' cleanup
- system as required by procedures.
Item: Ref.: 2-83-02/lT Source: LER Review l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C04C Component Name: RCIC System Steam Supply Isolation Valve
- l. Feed ID or Number:
DESCRIPTION:
-~\
Operator mistakenly removed the feed from the RCIC system steam
' ')
supply isolation valve while pe forming blocking operations on the reactor water cleanup system. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Error was caused by maintenance personnel blocking wrong valve. No corrective action in control room design is required. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature "j$ Date FEB 2 8 H36 ( ) Additional page(s) attached o A-205
~
l l ang PEACH BOTTOM f3f HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-12
, EP = N/A PRI 6 Code N/A
, TITLE: . Test Equipment Isolation Procedura1 Requirements l
COMMENT: Instrument technicatian fialed to islolate test' equipment after completing calibration as required by procedure. Item: Ref.: 2-83-06/lT Source: LER Review l IDENTIFICATION: Panel N/A Component Names N/A ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: . Instrument Technicain failed to close torus drain valve and I( ) remove testing apparatus after completion of valve calibration. l RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Error was caused by maintenace personnel. No corrective action in control room design is required. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. I PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: ; None. l Team Approval Signaturet #f) Date: FEg 2 81986 () dditional page(s) attached A-206 -
i I PEACH BOTTOM LDL HED ASSESSMENT eJ/ HED No. LER-13 EP = /PRI.5 Code A TITLE: Selector Switch Labeling COMMENTt Drywell air sampling system rendered 1noperable l because of mispositioned selector switch. L ,
- Itemt N/A Ref.
- 2-82-40/3L Source: LER Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel 20C484-A & 20C484-B Component Name Drywell air sampling system inlet and outlet valves ID or Numbert 4966 A,B,C,D,E,F .,
DESCRIPTION , i Operator discovered that the Drywell Air Sampling System Inlet and
- Q~: . Outlet Valves had been left closed as a result of testing. l The system was inoperable because of a mispositioned control room sample selector switch.
RESOLUTION! (Sched: N/A ) The switches have been t marked with green dots to indicate the normal position for each. The use of the green dot is consistent in meaning with the switch positions and is consistent with use of green dot normal position the
' control room. indication throughout the TRAINING REQUIREMENTSt I i
[ None. t PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTSt None. i f Team Approval Signaturet "f Datet F(g 2 3 gg (1) A'dditional page(s) attached ! O ! A-207
HED,LER-13 Attcchm:nt Pcga 1 2OC484 'A q MD M kNaLYVhwt yeytt cwasetMiru 1$0S ExH 4bpris F.xH 140DE LCNEA Omta tcurx tRMit O
$ / \ $ / % -m $ / *s $ / *4 A Na 50tN.y l A N4S W Ply TORUS 98 W ELA winzvavcr @Rus VAYWEu ,
o r% * / %. /='s e /\ ofi e ar 0
'20C484-B -
Shmutwa sm 09 Apt 4 urtne CNeta rp C%t'u. Uh LW CK & LONEATlfs
& & % $ f % $ f % $ s ,
RA0 Gat LAriM B*
- OeO 8 9, wer TOROS OPS AC4- l TCAU$ l DRWlU, l e /% e /% '93
- cf %. 'o /' %
(b - g - Indicaton " NORMA 1.* switch position m e d v.
l PEACH BOTTOM j HED ASSESSMENT ; \ l HED No. LER-14 L l EP = PRI 2 Code A ( TITLE: t ( Reactor Vessel Heat-up Rate , L COMMENT! Reactor Vessel heat-up rate exceeded technical specifications on two occasions due to operator error. : Items N/A Ref. 2-84-93 Sourcel LER 3-84-92 Review IDENTIFICATION: Panelt N/A Component Names N/A ID or Numbert ; N/A t DESCRIPTIONS On two separate occasions, operators miscalculated Reactor Vessel t heat-up rates and exceeded I () recorder technical spec'i fica tions . used to read heat-up-rate is a multipoint recorder is very difficult to read. The and i i RESOLUTION (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Replace recorder with one that has point select and speed select. [ (See HZD 13-95). l, l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: i l None. , l t ! I r PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTSI l None. l l ! Team Approval Signaturet $ Date t Fft 2 8 BN ( ) Additional page(s) attached i i . l f i A. 208 !
i
.g PEACH BOTTOM y HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-15 :
EP = /PRI 5 Code A I TITLE: l Insufficient IRM Input - IRM's were operating with less than the required two input channels. l l Item: N/A Ref.: 2-85-95 Source: LER t Review , IDENTIFICATION: Panel N/A Component Name N/A i I ID or Number: N/A ' DESCRIPTION: I IRM input channels were improperly blocked and removed from
/, service causing a violation of technical specifications. :
l l RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) , f A blocking procedure has been written to ensure that when an IRM l is blocked, the permit will require the ingertion of a half scram signal. I I TRAINING REQUIRtMENTS: None. ' i ! i PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: ! None. i s Team Approval Signatures ) Dates Ng23tyg () dditional page(s) attached l i 10 l l A 209 f
**\ PEACH BOTTOM -1 HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-16 EP = /PRI 4 Code A ;
TITLE Improper Valve Alignment COMMENT , Operator failed to close feedwater inlet valves according to procedure for long path recirculation. Item N/A Ref.: 3-84-04 Source LER RevioW l IDENTIFICATION: Panelt N/A I Component Name N/A ID or Numbert N/A DESCRIPTION: I In setting up feedwater system for long path recirculation, operator failed to close Feedwater Inlet Valves according to
~-) procedure. This led to injecting condensate into the reactor l vessel and increasing reactor pressure.
t ! MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: 1 Operation of these valves are restricted by mechanical devices. These are required prior to startup. RESOLUTIONI (Sched None ) Add a caution tag near long path recirculation valves. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. i i
~
PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTSI None. . l , TeamApprovalSignaturet) b Date 8yg 2 6 IG
- ( ) Additional page(s) attached M)
A- 210
7'
, .5
.C' O
'> PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT 1 HED No. LER-17 , EP = /PRI 6 i Code A ( TITLE: < Improper System Operation l HPCI system was removed from service with reactor pressure greater than 195 PSIG. , Item: N/A Ref.: 3-84-07 Source: LER Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel N/A 2 Component Names N/A ID or Number N/A , DESCRIPTION: HPCI system was removed from service for maintenance with reactor pressure greater than 195 PSIG, violating technical specifications. Operations personnel were unaware their action would violate technical specifications. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) This was an operator error and the individual was counciled. l There is no specific control room improvement that will prevent this error. l l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Training does emphasize adherence to Technical Specification. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: '$h Date: F[g 2 3 ng l ( ) Additional page(s) attached j t ' I A.211
% PEACll BOTTOM SM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-18 EP = /PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Improper Switch Position COMMENT: , Reactor Mode Switch was in the Refuel mode while the
- ECCS system was inoperable.
Item: N/A Ref.: 3-85-02 Source: LER i Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A l Component Name: N/A 1, ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION: During maintenance operations on the ECCS system, the Reactor 1) Mode Switch was left in the Refuel position instead of the
'/
Shutdown position, violating technical specifications. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Manual start of ECCS is still available. l RESOLUTION: (Sched: 1st Refuel ) i Special Procedure 779 applies to this plant configuration. The procedures will be revised to issue a safety permit against mode l switch in the shutdown position, and to clear the permit when ECCS is restored. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: See above. Team Approval Signaturet Dates FEB 2 819%
.. (3) Additional page(s) attached 9
A.212
($$
~"
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-19 EP = /PRI 2 Code A
~ ~ '
~ TITLE:
Improper Valte Operation s COMMENT: ' + Torus test bypass valve was opened causing an increase in torus water level. Item: N/A Ref.: 3-85-08 Source: LER Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: HPCI Component Name: Torus test bypass valve ID or Number: MO-3-23-31 DESCRIPTION: Operator mistakenly ~ opened Torus Test Bypass Valve during HPCI '() Turbine Test Slow Start allowing torus water level to increase above technical specifications. RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) The HPCI system will be enhanced with color demarcation, niimics , and hierarchal labeling to guide operator in performing lineups correctly. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 mg ' ( ) Additional page(s) attached 1 iG A- 213
L-m . ,. PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. LER-20
- EP = PRI 5 Code A l
~~
TITLE: ., Recirculation pump startup. COMMENT: ' Startup of a recirculation pump initiated a SCRAM because of insufficient SCRAM margin. Item: N/A Ref.: 3-84-14 Source: LER Review IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A
~ID or Number: N/A DESCRIPTION:
During waterbox testing, startup -of the recirculation pump generated a power spike because of the cold water, initiating a SCRAM. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) , Procedure has been rewritten to verify that sufficient SCRAM margin exists prior to placing second recirculation pump in service.-
-TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. (see above) Team Approval Signature: Date: E23 2 8 [yp ( ) Additional page(s) attached (
\
A- 214
PEACH BOTTOM
.-~ HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-01 l EP = 2/PRI 2 Code A TITLE: ~
__ Reactor Cooldown Rate COMMENT: Cooldown rate cannot be read directly. Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C04 A, 20C21 Component Name:TR-2-2-3-90, TR-2-2-3-89 ID or Number: T-99 PSR, Step 19 DESCRIPTION: A cooldown rate of less than 100 degrees F/hr is required. It is desirable to stay close to 100 degrees F/hr. Cooldown must not exceed this rate over any one hour interval. There is no way of reading rate; _it must be calculated. (Deliberate Action) MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Deliberate calculation over a long period of time. RESOLUTION: wa~ (Sched: with process )
' *E - D' cortputer replacement Replacement process computer will provide temperature rate of change information for operator use in determining cooldown rate.
(See HED I3-05) TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Nk Date: FEB 2 8 M86 ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A 215
, . - - ~- -- ,
I
, i PEACH BOTTOM
"') HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-02 EP = PRI 2 Code A TITLE:~'
- . Reactor Level _ -48 inches COMMENT:
Cannot read discrete level -48 inches as reguired by procedure. Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05A Component Name: LI2-2-3-85A&B ID or Number: T-101 RC/Q, Step Da DESCRIPTION: , There is no line at -48 inches on scale. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: There is an annunciator alarm at -48 inches. RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Zone mark the meter to show -48 inches. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: ) , Date: FEB 2 8 Its ( ) Additional page (s) attached Ik A 216
PEACH BOTTOM
'] HED ASSESSMENT al HED No. TAl-03 EP = PRI 6 Code A TITLE:
Reactor Power.3% COMMENT: Cannot read discrete 3% on scales. , Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05A Component Name: NR-2-07-46A-D ID or Number: T-101 RC/Q DESCR,IPTION: Procedure requires-determining when-reactor power is - a t -- 3 % . There is no line on scale at 3%. (Rapid Action) MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Down scale lights energize in an APRM downscale trip. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) The requirement to enter this procedure is to determine if, after a SCRAM, the reactor power is greater than the APRM down scale trip setting. The downscale lights energize at the downscale trip setting and therefore indicate the desired point. This is not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: j Date: FEB 2 8 MN ( ) Additional page (s) attached
- O
~ A-217
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-04 EP = /PRI 1 Code A TITLE: Isolation Summary Display COMMENT: There is no quick reference display showing completion of isolation groups. Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C03 Component Name: PCIS Display ID or Number: T-101 RC/Q, Step la and T-100 SCRAM, Step 2c DESCRIPTION: Lights that show primary containment isolation are arranged so Og. .
~
that it is very difficult to determine the isolation groups to which they belong. (Rapid Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) This section is used to indicate isolation completion. Rearrange and enhance groupings without using mimics. Arrange by isolation groups for rapid identification of group isolation completion. (See HED SD2-03) TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Train operators in arrangement of panel and the interpretation of terms " Inboard" and " Outboard." i PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. l l Team Approval Signature: #$h , Date: FEB 2 81996 ( ) Additional page (s) attached O A-218
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-05 EP = PRI 2 Code B TITLE: ~
-HPCI~ Initiation Signal COMMENT:
No indication that ECCS initiation signal ,has been generated.-
~
Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Component Name: ID or Number: T-101 RC/Q, Step lb DESCRIPTION: 2 -- No indication'that ECCS initiation signal has been generated. - - O*. (Rapid Action) MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Annunciator alarms exist for Reactor Low Level and Drywell High . Pressure, both' initiating conditions for HPCI. RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) The Reactor Low Level and Drywell High Pressure are the only two conditions that initiate HPCI. These annunciator windows will be colored Red as such, they serve as a' definitive condition for HPCI~ initiation. ; TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: i None. I PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $ h Date: FE8 2 8 lNg ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A- 219
PEACH BOTTOM f)- HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-06 EP = PRI 2 Code A TITLE:
~ LPCI Flow Resolution
~~
COMMENT: LPCI Flow indication cannot be read to, accuracy
-required. -
Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C03-4 Component Name: FR-2-10-143 ID or Number: T-101 RC/Q, Step 1B (3) (b) DESCRIPTION: Scale resolution of +500 GPM does not meet 1200 GPM requirement. b (Rapid Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Change the instrument scale to a range that provides a scale resolution of 1 200 GPM. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. . PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FE8 2 8 !ses ( ) Additional page (s) attached A-220
PEACH BOTTOM g HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-07 EP = PRI 1/2 Code C TITLE: Reactor Level -172 inches COMMENT: Cannot read discrete level of -172 inches as required by procedure. Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20CO3, 20C04C Component Name: LI-2-3-91A&B, LR-2-3-110 ID or Number: T-101 RC/L, Step 3 DESCRIPTION: There is no line on scale at -172 inches which is the top of active fuel. In addition, the level may not be correct when flow l is present in jet pumps (e.g., Recirc or LPCI injection). HEr (Rapid Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: A: 1st Refuel ) B: 2nd Refuel Zone mark scales to indicate -172 inches. Add a caution tag to panels to indicate that there will be a level error when flow is present in jet pumps. A. Caution Tag PRI 1 B. Zone Mark PRI 2 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: > Date: FD 2 8 56 f () dditional page (s) attached l A- 2 21
PEACH BOTTOM I- HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-08 EP = PRI 2 Code A TITLE: HPCI and RCIC Manual Initiation COMMENT: There is not a single control that manually indicates HPCI. Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05A,B Component Name: ID or Number: T-101 RC/L, Step 4c DESCRIPTION: HPCI is started by opening steam supply valve and opening pump x discharge valve. (Deliberate Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Add a manual initiation button with appropriate protection from inadvertent initiation. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $b Date: FEB 2 8 M86 ( ) Additional page (s) attached i i
- l A- 222
1 f.;.. PEACH BOTTOM
!" HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-09 EP = PRI 2 Code A TITLE: -- - - --
CS Manual Initiation COMMENT: There is not a single control.to manually initiate core Spray. Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Component Name: ID or Number: T-101 RC/L, Step 4f DESCRIPTION: Core Spray is started by starting Core Spray pump and opening discharge valve.
}.
(Rapid Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Add a manual initiation button with appropriate protection from inadvertent initiation. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. i PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: "f , Date: FB 2 8 M6 ( ) Additional page (s) attached O A-223
.j73 PEACH BOTTOM ij/ HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-10 EP = PRI 2
- Code A
. _ . _ . _ __. TITLE: . .. .
.LPCI Manual Initiation.
COMMENT: There is no single control that manually ' initiates LPCI. Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Component Name: ID or Number: T-101 RC/L, Step 4g DESCRIPTION: Operator must start the LPCI pump and open the pump discharge. ](_,, (Rapid Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Add a manual initiation button with appropriate protection from inadvertent initiation. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: i Date: pg g g gg ( ) Additional page (s) attached l l l l A 224
PEACH BOTTOM 77g- HED ASSESSMENT e:: HED No. TAl-ll ! EP = PRI 2 l l Code A I l TITLE: l-- -
~- _. ADS Timer Reset. _ _
COMMENT: . The alarm window slide switch must be set in 2'sto. Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C03A Component Name: ID or Number: T-101 RC/L, Step 7 DESCRIPTION: 1 There must be a means of ensuring the slide switch is in the Auto - position in order to satisfy this requirement as feedback when the reset pushbutton is depressed. t (Rapid Action) ( RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Set the alarm slide switch in the Auto position in accordance with the method developed for all annunciators. (See HED Al-12) t-TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ; None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS:
. None.
Team Approval Signature: *ff Date: FEB 2 819N l ( ) Additional page (s) attached l l l O l A-225 ;
I PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT
}
HED No. TAl-12 EP = PRI 6 Code A TITLE: Reactor Pressure Resolution COMMENT: The scale that covers the range between 1050-1090 PSIG cannot be read to the accuracy needed. Ref.: N/A Source: TA Item: N/A IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05A Component Name: PI-2-6-90A,B, PR/FR-2-06 ID or Number: T 101 RC/P, Step 3 DESCRIPTION: Two scales are available for the -range requirements: 950-1050 PSIG, and 0-1200 PSIG. The 0-1200 can be read to +10 PSIG which
~ ' 2) does not meet the requirement of +5 PSIG.
n/ (Rapid Action) , MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: , The 1999 PSIG requirement is to ensure the operator takes manual control of relief valves. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) There is positive indication of relief va ve status and the operator will take action to control relief valves. Therefore, it is not necessary to read pressu.re more accurately than +10 - PSIG in the high end of this scale and this is not a problem. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team' Approval Signature: #j$ Date: FH 2 8 M6 ( ) Additional page(s) attached G A- 226 _ _ . - .. -. --. . _ .
PEACH BOTTOM "5 HED ASSESSMENT U.. HED No. TAl-13 EP = PRI 6 Code A
' TITLE: --
Reactor Pressure -959 PSIG. COMMENT: Cannot read a discrete 959 PSIG on the scale to be used as required by the procedure. Item N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Component Name: PPR2-2-3-494B ID or Number: T-191 RC/P, Step 6 DESCRIPTION:
'The reactor pressure recorder / indicator at the station that controls the SRVs for depressurization does not have a mark at 959 PSIG.
(Rapid Action) RESQLUTION: , (Sched: N/A ) The pressure 959 PSIG is not critical. It indicates the approximate pressure at which the o positive c control. to J'9 PSIG which is adequate for The scale can be rEIF'epang+perator should take this step. This is not a discr . TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: k- Date: FEB 2 8 MN ( ) Additional page(s) attached G..
'A-227
PEACH BOTTOM 2{/"} HED ASSESSMENT , HED No. TAl-14 EP = PRI 6 Code D TITLE $ - RHR Discharge Pressure COMMENT: , There is no indication of RHR discharge pressure. l Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA l l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Component Name: ID or Number: Caution #1 l DESCRIPTION: When initiating RHR injection, the operator should observe the ig; pump discharge pressure in order to determine if LPCI is ready to inject. l (Deliberate Action) l MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: l There is an annunciator alarm based upon RHR pumps running with a discharge sufficient to cause injection. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) . The annunciator alarm indicating sufficient pressure along with other indications that the RHR system is running is sufficient to l satisfy this information requirement. l l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81916 ( ) Additional page (s) attached A- 228
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-15 EP = /PRI 4 Code B TITLE: Reactor Pressure 1090 PSIG I COMMENT: Cannot read discrete value of 1990 PSIG as required by l the procedure. ? l Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05 A, 20C05 C Component Name: PR-2-6-96, PI-2-6-90 B i - ID or Number: T-101 RC/P, Step 9A DESCRIPTION: Neither the indicator nor the recorder has a mark at 1990 PSIG. (Deliberate Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The scale will be zone marked for the lowest setting of relief valves at 1105 PSIG. The 1990 PSIG is a conservative number to keep plant below the relief valve setting, and does not represent a specific critical pressure. Consequently, the scale readability is considered to be satisfactory. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: i FEg 2 91998
. () dditional page(s) attached O
A- 229
'},, PEACH BOTTOM .. , HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-16 EP = /PRI 2 Code D TITLE: SRV Instrument N2 Alarm COMMENT: The alarm is too far away from the SRV control' panel. Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C209 L Component Name: ADS NITROGEN HI/ LOW Pressure ID or Number: T-101 RC/P, Step 9b DESCRIPTION: The SRV controls are on Panel 20C03(2). To operate the SRVs, instrument N2 must be available. The absence of instrument N2 is announced by an alarm over Panel 20C09 approximately 28 feet away in the same plane. (Deliberate Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) This alarm could be energized at any time during the procedure and action must be taken. Therefore, the alarm window will be colored amber to alert operators to take immediate action. This will be sufficient to draw operator's attention to the alarms. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: ( Date: 28 M ( ) Additional page (s) attached A- 230
r
,, ;, s . PEACH BOTTOM f* HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-17 EP = /PRI 2 Code A TITLE:
- TORUS Level Range l COMMENT
l TORUS level between 21 and 25 feet is not covered. 1 Item: Ref.: Source: TA l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Component Name: ID or Number: T-102 T/L, Step 8 i DESCRIPTION: The available instrument covers the range 1-21 feet. "T J RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) L Revise T-102 procedure to 21 feet instead of 25 feet. (21 to 25 feet on the curve is excessive and not needed.) TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. t PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: See above resolution. Team Approval Signature: I)k Date: FEB 2 8 ISH ( ) Additional page(s) attached l A A- 2 31 _ . _ _ _ - _ _ _ ._. __ _ . _ ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ -_ _ _ _ , ~ . -
b PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT 9 HED No. TAl-18 EP = /PRI 6
~' ~
Code B
~
TITLE: TORUS Level 12.5 feet 3 COMMENT: Cannot read a discrete level of 12.5 feet as required by the procedure. Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel 29C03-2 Component Name: LR-8123A,B ID or Number T-102 T/L, Step 9 DESCRIPTION: , TORUS level covers the range 9-21 feet + .lfoot. There is no mark at 12.5 feet. (Deliberate Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) The number 12.5 feet is an approximate number. The scale has marks at 12.4 and 12.6 and can be easily read at 12.5 feet. This meets the intent of the procedure and therefore is not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: $h , Dates Rig 2 8 NN () dditional page(s) attached O B A-232
W l PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-19 EP = PRI 6 Code A TITLE: TORUS Level Range , COMMENT: l TORUS level between 21 and 30 feet is not covered, i t Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C03-2, 20C04C Component Name: LR-8123A,B ID or Number: T-102 T/L, Step 14 e DESCRIPTION:
'~' recorder covers the range 0-21 feet. The The TORUS level procedure table T/L-3 requires a range up to 30 feet.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) i This step requires using a graph, printed in the TRIP procedures, having a level range between 12 and 30 feet. However, the curve I on the graph goes only to 21 feet with the safe zone below 21 feet. Therefore this is not a discrepancy. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ; None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. I Team Approval Signature: [h' Date FEB 2 819er d ( ) Additional page(s) attached le s V, l A- 2 33 l
w PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-20 EP = /PRI 2 Code A TITLE: , TORUS Level 18.5 feet COMMENT: Cannot read the discrete value 18.5 feet as required by the procedure. Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C03-3
- Component Name: LR-8123 A,B l
ID or Number: T-102 T/L, Step 22 DESCRIPTION: l The scale covers the range 1-21 feet + .1 foot. l ! (Deliberate Action) ! RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) The scale will be zone marked to indicate the level fo 18.5 feet. I l ! TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: l None. l l Team Approval Signature: $ Date: FEB 2 819N ( ) Additional page(s) attached
;O <J .
A- 234
PEACH BOTTOM E's HED ASSESSMENT l HED No. TAl-21 EP = /PRI 2 Code A TITLE: TORUS Air' Space Temperature COMMENT: There is no indication of TORUS air space temp. Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number T-102 T/L, Step 26 DESCRIPTION: There is no indication of TORUS air space temp.
)
MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: Present method of determining TORUS temperature to initiate TORUS spray to allow air space to come into equalibrium with spray temperature, then read spray temperature. RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Install TORUS air space temperature indicator. TRAINING REQUIRSMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: h Date: MB 2 8 t%$ ( ) Additional page(s) attached l l
'g) v l
i l A-235
i PEACH BOTTOM , y') HED ASSESSMENT ,y HED No. TAl-22 : CP = /PRI 2 ; Code A ; i. TITLE: ! , . _ . _ . _ .. TORUS Pressure Range. I COMMENT: j The pressure range of 70-100 PSIG is not covered. Item: Ref.: Source: TA : l' IDENTIFICATIOtl: Panel: 7 Component Name: ' ID or Number: T-102 Dif/P, Step 16 ; DESCRIPTION: ! l Procedures require maintaining pressure less-than -100 -PSIG.--- The- - i
- indication range is 0-70 PSIG. '
r I l
\
RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) t Revise T-102 procedure to maintain pressure less then 70 psig l instead of 100 psig. l ! l l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: ! None. ! PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: I See above resolution. Team Approval Signature: $ Date: FEB 2 8 ISM } ( ) Additional page(s) attached ; l l t
) ,
t [ A- 23 6
.c3 PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-23 EP = /PRI 3 Code A TITLE:
Chill Water Flow Range COMMENT: The range between 1000 and 1400 GPM is not covered. l Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C 12 Component Name: FI-20243 l ID or Number: T-102 DW/T, Step Sa (1) ! DESCRIPTION: 1 The meter range is 0, 300-1000. Flow rate with all pumps on can E3 be approximately 1409 GPM.
)
!'# (Deliberate Response) MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: The scale reading of 1000 GPM is adequate to verify system flow for plant safety. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) A range up to 1400 GPM is needed to verify maximum system operation. Change range of instrument to include 1400 GPM. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: # Date: FEB 2 81W t () Additional page(s) attached q o! A 237
,, PEACH BOTTOM J HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-24 EP = /PRI 4 Code F TITLE:
HPSW to RHR Drain COMMENT: There is no drain position indication in control room. l l Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C 03 Component Name: N/A l ID or Number: T-lli LR, Step 3a l DESCRIPTION: l This drain valve should be closed when the HPSW to RHR' flow" path ~"' l is opened. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: The drain line is 3/4 inches. The HPSW to RHR line is 18 inches. l RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) l The potential loss through an open drain- line is negligible i compared to the supply flow path. Therefore the present i configuration is acceptable. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. i PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: ; None. I Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 815 ( ) Additional page(s) attached l l l A-238
PEACH BOTTOM 'f7h HED ASSESSMENT k.) HED No. TAl-25 l EP = /PRI 4 Code B TITLE: ~~ Reactor Pressure ~330 PSIG. COMMENT: The discrete pressure 330 PSIG cannot be read as required by the procedure. Item: Ref.: Source: TA l l l IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05A Component Name: PI-2-6-90B ID or Number: T-lll LR, Step 5 DESCRIPTION: There is no mark on the scale at 330 PSIG. The scale is 9-1200 PSIG + 10 PSIG. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None
)
l This is an approximate number that is used to designate the procedural difference betwSAD..high pressure and intermediate
- pressure. The scale accuract-aces (l. low the operator to read 330 PSIG. Therefore, the scale is acceptable.
s ! A mark at this point i on the scale would unnecessarily clutter the scale. l l l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date:
, FEB 2 8 int
() dditional page (s) attached A- 239
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT .'LJ'Y HED No. TAl-26 EP = /PRI 6 Code A TITLE:
,;-- - ADS Solenoid Energized i COMMENT:
There is no indication in the control room that the ADS valve solenoids are energized.
. Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C03-1 Component Name: N/A
- ID or Number
- T-ll2 EB, Step 6 i DESCRIPTION: ,
4 The procedure- calls-for- energizing opening solenoids prior --to reaching the 50 PSIG differential pressure. When the AP reaches j{} 59 PSIG the ADS valves will open automatically. RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) Feedback required for this step is the indication of whether the ADS valves are open or closed. Red and green lights are provided for this feedback. Therefore, this is not a discrepancy. i i TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. - l r PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: ; None. t i Team Approval Signature: "h Date: FEB 2 8 WN ( ) Additional page(s) attached I
! l l
!O A- 24 0
75 PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-27 EP = /PRI 4 Code B l
._.. TITLE:
Reactor Pressure 150 PSIG COMMENT: The discrete pressure of 150 PSIG cannot be read as required by the procedure. i Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C03-1 Component Name: AR-2-2-3-404B
- l. ID or Number: T-il5 AK, Step 11 1
DESCRIPTION: l There is no mark of the scale at 150 PSIG. The scale is 0-1500 PSIG +10 PSIG. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) l This pressure is an approximate number and is not critical. The scale can be read to the accuracy needed. A mark on the scale at this point would unnecessarily relutter the scale.
~~
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. l _ i PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81996 ( ) Additional page (s) attached l l l 1 A- 241 l
.- . - - J
5'T PEACH BOTTOM ' i/ HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-28 EP = /PRI 4 Code F
-TITLE: -
Reactor / TORUS AP COMMENT: There is no indicator that reads in AP between the reactor and TORUS. Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Nember: T-ll6 RF, Step 14 D'ESCRIPTION: The operator must inject water.until reactor pressure exceeds f,; TORUS pressure by more than 80 PSIG. Operator must calculate r differential pressure while injecting water. Scales: Reactor Pressure 0-1500 PSIG +10; TORUS pressure 0-70 PSIG +.S. (DeliEerate Action) RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) With the large variety of pumps and paths available to inject water there will be no difficulty in greatly exceeding 80 PSIG. Therefore, the operator will be able to quickly note a greater than 80 PSIG using the two gages available. A special AP meter is not required. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None.
~
PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: # Date: peg 2 81N6 ( ) Additional page(s) attached D A 242
b PEACH BOTTOM f HED ASSESSMENT
- 5) o .
HED No. TAl-29 EP = /PRI 4 Code A TITLE: , F
^
Reactor' Pressure 210,'270,'630 i COMMENT: Cannot. read discrete pressures 210, 270, 630 PSIG as
, required.by procedure.
' Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION:- Panel: 20C03-1,20C05 A, 20C04 C Component Name: PR-2-2-3-404 B,PR-2-6-96,PI-2-6-90 B, PI-2-13-94 i
ID or Number: T-ll7 LQ, Step 9 i-j DESCRIPTION: ! Scale 0-1500 PSIG -+10
~
PSIG has no marks at the specified h pressure. l RESOLUTION:- (Sched: None ) i Enhance scales to indicate pressures of 210, 270, and 630 PSIG. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: t None. k PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: I FH 2 8 $N ' ( ) Additional page(s) attached L r r I 1 *
! i e .
e
- d 4
A- 24 3 .
- I) PEACH BOTTOM 44 HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TA L-30 EP = /PRI 4 Code A
~~~
TITLE: Procedural Reference COMMENT: , The procedure does not refer. to support procedure T-224. L Item: Ref.: Source: TA i IDENTIFICATION: Panel: N/A Component Name: N/A ID or Number: T-ll7 LQ, Step 16 DESCRIPTION: The appropriate . procedure to be used is not referenced on the procedure flow chart. { l (Analyze) , ! RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) l Add reference to procedure T-224 on the flow chart for step 16. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: l None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: As above. 1 Team Approval Signature: $ Date: FEB 2 81986 I ( ) Additional page (s) attached l A- 244
I PEACH BOTTOM j{} HED ASSESSMENT ei HED No. TAl-31 EP = /PRI 4 Code A TITLE: Procedural. Reference COMMENT: The recorder point select is not given in the procedure for Reference Leg Temperature. Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C12 Component Name: .TI-2501 ID or Number: Note 16 DESCRIPTION: The multi-point indicator has many points. The operator should be given a reference indicating which point to select.
'v' RESOLUTION: (Sched: None )
Add point to be selected to Note 16. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: As above. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 81996 ( ) Additional page(s) attached
,r7
'1.)g
)
A- 24 5 1
l l l l PEACH BOTTOM
) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-32 EP = /PRI 4 Code F TITLE:
~~ Generator Load 5% COMMENT: Cannot read generator load of 5% as required by procedure. Item: Ref.: Source: TA IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C08 B Component Name: JR 2157 ID or Number: T-100 SCRAM, Step 7a DESCRIPTION: Generator load is indicated'in~mega' watts"and 5%'is~not~ marked'on scale. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: A reverse power relay has been installed that Vill automatically trip the generator at 0% load. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The 5% is an approximate load that occurs prior to 0%. The operator is' instructed to trip the generator manually in order to not rely on the reverse power trip. The approximate 5% load is easily estimated on the megawatt scale. Therefore, this scale is satisfactory. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 8 Ins ( ) A ditional page(s) attached A 246
PEACH BOTTOM ff HED ASSESSMENT HED No. TAl-33 EP = PRI 4 Code F
. TITLE:
I -~
' Core ~ Map Green Light i I
, COMMENT: Core map green lights are difficult to scan. [ Item: N/A Ref.: N/A Source: TA i j- - IDENTIFICATION: Panel: 20C05B Component Name: Core Map t ID or' Number T-100 SCRAM, Step 2a 1 l DESCRIPTION: ! To verify reactor scram, operator must scan the large core map
- ,- display for 185 small green lights that indicate each rod fully i
) inserted. The lights are difficult to see from the control
! station. This requires excessive time and disciplined scanning during high stress operations. (Rapid Action) l i l MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS: i Each rod has a large digital display that indicates rod notch i position. A reading of 64 or less-indicates rods are in. These f- are more easily read. The computer has backup indication of rod position. i RELOLUTION: (Sched: None ) The primary . indication of adequate rod insertion is power decreasing-below 3%.. There is-adequate instrumentation for power
- indication. Individual rod position indication is a backup to
. - power decreasing. Therefore, present rod indication is adequate. I - TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. J PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signatures b, Date: FE6 2 8 ISOC ( ) Additional page (s) attached i
. A 247 ,
I t i PEACH BOTTOM () HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-01 EP = /PRI 2 i Code A TITLE: _ ADS Numbers COMMENT: Purpose of numbers was not clear to operator l Item: Ref.: Source: Validation IDENTIFICATION: Panel: -ADS Component Name: Relief Valves , ID or Number: l-I DESCRIPTION: Numbers are white and become confused with valve labels. --It is s not clear to the operator that they represent sequence of use to j the operator. j RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) i ! Change color of sequence numbers to color of information tags. i TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. ' l ( , PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. , l Team Approval Signature: Date: FEB 2 819H
< () dditional page(s) attached o'N l IL l A- 24 8 '
t _ - - - - - - . _ . . -
t' PEACH BOTTOM .f) [ HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-02 EP = /PRI o Code A TITLE: 13 KV Manual Transfer COMMENT: Procedure does not indicate magnitude o f- disruption to plant. Item: Ref.: Source: Validation IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Procedure ! Component Name: Scram ID or Number: T-100 Step 6 DESCRIPTION: A loss of 13 KV without an automatic transfer will lose many
-s, major equipments and disrupt the plant. This is not allowed for
) in the procedure.
RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) The manual transfer step is intended to accomplish manual transfer before automatic transfer occurs to prevent loss of a recirc pump. If automatic transfer fails to occur, manual follow-up is desirable. The procedure provides for exit to T-101 if conditions dictate. Therefore, the procedure is satisfactory. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: '$ Date: FEB 2 819H ( ) Additional page(s) attached
,t3 N..s-A- 249
_ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ ~
ygg PEACH BOTTOM g ,. HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-03 EP = /PRI 4
~
Code A TITLE: Turbine Speed Label COMMENT: Label not consistent with similar groupings'. Items Ref.: Source: Validation
. IDENTIFICATION: Panel: C04C Component Name: RCIC ID or Number SPI 4505 DESCRIPTION:
Meter is labeled " Turbine" under the hierarchal label " Turbine". N This is redundant and not the same as HPCI, which uses " Speed" J for a label. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Change label to read " SPEED" ,. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. . PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: *f) Date: FD 2 8 MN ( ) Additional page (s) attached lt0
\s) ;
6 A- 250
("T' PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-04 EP = /PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Orifice Bypass Valve Tag COMMENT: Requires caution tag on mockup. ' Item: Ref.: Source: Validation IDENTIFICATION: Panel: C04A Component Name: Orifice Bypass Valve, RWCU ID or Number: DESCRIPTION: This valve should be closed when Rx pressure is greater than
~
200 psig. The caution tag in control room is needed on mockup. RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) Put caution tag on enhancemegggdesign. 4:, TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature: b Date: FEB 2 81996 ( ) Additional page (s) attached A-251
PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT w HED No. VW-05 EP = /PRI 6 Code A TITLE: Add Water to Vessel COMMENT: ' Lineup requirements not clear. l ! Item Ref.: Sources l validation IDENTIFICATION: Panel: Procedure l Component Name: Alternate Shutdown Cooling ID or Number: T-ll5 AK, Step 6 DESCRIPTION: , Procedure should specify that flow is to vessel. i l RESOLUTION: (Sched: N/A ) The procedure T-115 is for alternate shutdown cooling. Therefore the operator is fully aware of the intent of the step to add j water to the vessel. The team considers this procedure satisfactory. l l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 8 None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. l Team Approval Signatures ( , Date8 FEB 2 8 BN ( ) Additional page(s) attached A -252
] L, - PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-06 EP = /PRI 2 Code A TITLE: Torus Pressure Instrument Number Procedure and Mockup do not agree. I i
- Item Ref.: Sources f Validation '
l IDENTIFICATION: Panel Procedure Component Names Containment Control-Torus Level. . j ID or Number: T-102 T/L Step 28 ' DESCRIPTION: l Torus Press tre is numbered 4952 on mockup and 4592 on procedure. O ! RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) The procedure will be changed to list correct instrument numbers. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. l l l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS > Correct procedure. t l
, t l
Team Approval Signaturet h g Datetpg 281M
. ( ) Additional page(s) attached I
l O A-253
) PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-07 EP = /PRI 4 L Code A l
' TITLE Torus Instrument Color Pads l
i COMMENT , Wrong color is used. l 1 l Items Ref. Sources l Validation (
- IDENTIFICATION
- Panels CO3 l
Component Names Torus Level j ID or Numbert LI 8027, LR 8027 i DESCRIPTION. l l Torus instrument color pads are dark blue, should be light blue. (102 DW/P) l RESOLUTION: (Sched: None } Change color pads to light blue. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS None. ( ! PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS:
- None.
Team Approval Signaturet #h , Date: Fil 2 819H l ( ) Additional page(s) attached A - 2 5_4 _ _ ___ ___ _ _____ ______ _ _
,- PEACH BOTTOM (_,. HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-08 EP = /PRI 4 Code A TITLE: HPSW to LPCI Mimic COMMENT: i Mimic missing in mockup. Item Ref.: Sources l Validation l IDENTIFICATION: Panel C03-2
- Component Names HPSW to LPCI I
ID or Number: 1 DESCRIPTION: Lack of mimic caused operator considerable difficulty in locating l valves. RESOLUTION: (Sched: None ) Mimic section to be incorporated in enhancement design. TRAINIIG REQUIREMENTS: None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signatures # Date: FEB 2 8 ItN
)r ( ) Additional page(s) attached
/~'%
%,_/
A-255
r-i PEACH BOTTOM J? HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-09 EP = /PRI 4 l Code A TITLE: HPCI Turbine PB Color COMMENT Pushbutton wrong color. , l Items Ref. Sources Validation IDENTIFICATION: Panels C04-B Component Names HPCI Turbine ID or Number DESCRIPTION l l Pushbutton does-not meet color standards., -. l + . RESOLUTION (Sched None ) Make pushbutton red. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS l None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTSI None. Team Approval Signature Date t FEB 2 8 IE () Additional page(s) attached i e* n v A-256 _
PEACH BOTTOM "?. HED ASSESSMENT ig/ HED No. VW-10 EP = /PRI 4 Code C TITLE: Location of Rx Instruments COMMENT! Indications on different panels. , Items Ref.: Sources Validation IDENTIFICATION: Panell C04B/CO3 Component Names Rx Level, Rx Power ID or Numbert T-ll7 Step 11 (Level / Power Control) l DESCRIPTION When adding water to reactor using ECCS systems with level below
-165 inches, there is no Rx power level available at ECCS station. This requires a coordinated effort to monitor effects Om of adding water.
RESOLUTION: (Sched None ) These are two normally manned stations during emergency procedures. At this stage of the procedure, coordinated action is feasable and is considered to be satisfactory. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team, Approval Signature l
'f3 Dates (O 281MI
( ) Additional page(s) attached x-A-257
i PEACH BOTTOM g7) HED ASSESSMENT ' HED No. VW-11 EP = /PRI 2 Code A
. TITLE: ECCS Instrument Color Pads ,
~
COMMENT: Drywell Temp and Torus Pressure not color padded. Item Ref.: Source: I Validation i f IDENTIFICATION: Panel CO3, ADS Component Names Drywell Temp, Torus Pressure : ID or Number DESCRIPTION: t . Operators had-difficulty locating these' instruments. l ll( 3) t RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Refuel ) l Color pad Drywell Temp and Torus Pressure. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: , None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: l None. l l Team Approval Signatures Ifs Date F[l 2 81NG ( ) Additional page(s) attached l l i l > 0 l l A.258
h PEACH BOTTOM
) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-12 EP = /PRI 2 Code A TITLE: T-200 Series Nomenclature COMMENT:
Procedures use nomenclature inconsistent wi,th mockup. l l Item: Ref.: Source Validation IDENTIFICATION: Panel All Panels Component Names All T-200 Procedures ID or Number: i l DESCRIPTION: The mockup relabeled many controls and instruments to more i clearly indicate their functions. The procadures do not reflect these changes. RESOLUTION: ' (Sched see resolution) l Update procedures using the standard nomenclature and abreviation developed during enhancement design. Emergency procedures (TRIP l T-190 and T-200 series) will be revised to coincide with l implementation of enhancement. All other procedures will be I revised during the normal review cycle. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: None. l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: None. Team Approval Signature #)> Date: FEB 2 8 ItN rx ( ) Additional page(s) attached L] A 259
PEACH BOTTOM
&) HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-13
, EP = /PRI 4 Code A TITLE: T-209 Series Information , COMMENT: l Procedures sometimes omit information that could help operator. Item Ref. Sourcet ! Validation l IDENTIFICATION: Panel ! Component Name
. ID or Numbert All Procedures
. DESCRIPTION:
Procedures sometimes give only valve or instrument numbers l( ) without including names. Also addilig panel n'ames would help the operator to locate valves. MITIGATING CONSIDERATIONS Valve numbers are a common cross-reference. RE80LUTION1 (Sched! None ) i Revise procedures to include names of panels and names of valves l and instruments. l TRAINING REQUIREMENTS None. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS Revise procedures as indicated. Team Approval Signaturet #h Datet FEt 2 8 NN ( ) Additional page(s) attached O A- 260
i ,cg PEACH BOTTOM
;;j HED ASSESSMENT HED No. VW-14 EP = /PRI 4 Code A TITLE T-220 Step Not Clear !
COMMENT . Intention of step not clear. t Items Ref. Sources Validation IDENTIFICATION: Panelt Procedures Component Name s ' ID or Numbert T-220 Step 4 DESCRIPTION: l Step calls for use of emergency in notch over-ride switch to ! drive in selected rods. It appears that the words "in" and i i
) " notch" are reversed.
l l RESOLUTION (Sched! None ) Change label to readt "EM IN NOTCH OVERRIDE" Change procedure to read: " Emergency in/ NOTCH OVERRIDE." i TRAINING REQUIREMENTSt l None. l PROCEDURE HEQUIREMENTS None. Team Approval Signature *b Date: Fgt 2 8 NN () Additional page(s) attached I 1 ll0 p l A- 261
i i PEACH BOTTOM HED ASSESSMENT . I HED No. VW-15 i EP = /PRI 2 i Code A l l .. TITLE: > T-221 Valves Not Found e i ~ COMMENT Valve identified in procedure could not be,found. j Items Ref.: Sources l Validation l l IDENTIFICATION: Panelt Component Names A,B SJAE Steam Supply, SJAE Steams Header ID or Numbert A0-2466, A0-2634 Drain DESCRIPTION T-221, Step 11 valves could not be located on mockup or prints. ! b ! RESOLUTION: (Sched: 2nd Ref,uel ) i i 1. For A9-2466 A & B revise procedure name to read, "Cond ) ! inlet / outlet HS to SJAE Cond and SPE." i l 2. For AS-2634 revise procedura name to read " STEAM HDR DRAIN" and add note, "(Local control at C157 panel.)" TR81NING REQUIREMENTSt l None. , l PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTSt Revise procedures as indicated. Team Approval Signatures Datet pgg 2 3 m ( ) Additional page(s) attached A-262
f l CT L. Appendix D BWROG
SUMMARY
REPORT O O
I I APPENDIX A 1 3. *! The following is a complete list of all operator counsents (see Section JIfor discussion of common operator concerne). Where duplicate responses were received, ! the frequency has been indicated in parentheses. While responses have been abbreviated where possible and as such are not verbatim, the intent of the , reply has been adhered to as closely as possible. Refer to actual conusent sheets for detailed responses. i No attempt has been made in this section to judge the validity of the, operators' criticisms or to make any suggestions for improvement. All coussents are repeated here as a means of transmitting operator concerns to plant management for further i review and should not be interpreted as survey team reconunendations. t i Control Panet Layout and Design l ! 'the recombiner panel is inconveniently located. ($) ! The meteorological panel should be in the control room. The separation of the ECCS panel from the other consoles is undesirable. < l l Condensate system and feed system controls are divided between several panels. Consequently, it takes two people to start these systems. Some indicators are inconveniently located. (2) l The recirculation pump temperature recorder is inconveniently located. (2) l Some displays are placed too high or too low upon the panels. ; l I color coding should be limited. l The ventilation system panel is confusing. i l Some components are poorly labeled. A-2 ,
Control Room Workapace
'.)
More workspace should be provided for supervisory personnel. (2) Control room furniture le in need of repair. (3) TV cameras should be suspended from the celling rather than mounted on the floor. Control Room Access , l l Control room access should be limited to avoid crowding and distractions. (7) Isatrumentation and Hardware l Multipoint recorders are difficult to read. (4) l Process units should be consistent throughout the control room. The following controls were thought difficult to operatet i Reactor mode switch
- Feed pump controllers HPCI controller l
RCIC controller CRD selector switches i The following instruments and controls were thought necessary in the control room, but are not presently availables geoop tube lockup Fire alara Jet pump indication Ground detector O A-3
r , The following components were thought to be unnecessary (n 5
~
glectrical system CRT's 50F printer Annunetators
. Wlndow groupings could be Improved.
l The number of normally-on annunciators should be reduced. (2) , i Procedures l t Some procedures are rather lengthy. l The clarlty of some procedures could be Improved. I Ceessualeatlon syatens l !O l Tamper proof speakers and locked phone boxes should be installed. i l More FA channels would be destrable. (4) The FA is difficult to hear In certain areas of the plant. (2) A FA channel dedlcated to operstlons should be provided. (4) The FA system la too often used unnecessarily. l The chief operator has too many phones. I l , Beattaa. Ventilation and Air Coadttlonias The control room le cold in wlnter. (3) A-4
e . Lishtina and Noise Levels IS The control room is noisy (many people). (4) squipment noise is present in the control room. There is glare on the control panels. Maintenance Activities i There needs to be better control of special equipment. Special test equipment is not always available. There is no storage space for special test equipment. Surveillance tests are performed too frequently. (3)
/~3 Trainina
,V Training should be more in accordance with the needs of operators. (7) The requalification program should be improved. More system training should be included. (2) More training should be provided in routine evolutions. . More training time should be allotted. getter training facilities should be provided. (4) f Shift Mannina and Turnover l l The chief operator should not be used for reliefs. l O gatra people are required for surveillance tests. A-5
f t More operators on each shift would be helpful. (4)
,~,
Two shif t supervisors would be desirable. Overtime hours should be minimized. More time should be allotted for shift turnover. (4) ..
.More detailed shift turnover checklists should be used. (3)
) Operator Responsibilities The chain of cosmaand is not always clearly understood. Job responsibilities need to be more clearly defined. Information flow could be improved. (3) < More bulletins than necessary are distributed. Operators felt the following responsibilities burdensome Communication duties (3) Paperwork (4) C;p.j .
.3 s
- r.
e s A-6 !
1 i f y
.s
,~
s/ APPENDIX B LER'S .
~, \)-
k 6Nf b
- .m ,
Lv B-1
! r The following LER's were identified as possibly caused by design-related operator
, - Grror. All events occuring in the preceding two years were considered in compiling this list. Where a significant concern was apparent, the investigation included the preceding five years. LER Number Date Operator Error Checklist Items 2-76-23/3L 5/4/76 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5
~ ~
2-76-2[1T 1/20/N Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 3-77-25/3L 7/1/77 Misaligned valves G6.1, C6.5 2-77-39/3L- 9/30/77 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5. 3-77-45/1T 10/11/77 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 77-056/03L-0 11/15/77 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 77-061/3L-0 11/23/77 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5
, 78-017/01T-0 3/3/78 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 78-008/01T-0 3/3/78 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 78-007/01T-0 3/27/78 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 3-78-013/03L-0 7/7/78 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 3-78-014/3L 7/18/78 Misaligned Valves G6.1, G6.5 , @ 3-79-3/3L '2/8/79 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 2-79-007/1T-0 2/15/79 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 ,
2-81-11/3L 3/4/81 Misaligned valves G6.1, G6.5 2-79-2/1T 1/22/79 Firewatch not posted G6.2, C6.4 2-79-006/1T-0 2/14/79 Firewatch not posted G6.2, G6.4 2-79-29/3L-0 6/22/79 Firewatch not posted G6.2, G6.4 I 2-79-40/1T 9/5/79 Firewatch not posted G6.2, G6.4-2-79-39/3L 9/27/79 Inadvertent control actuation B6.2 2-79-41/3L-0 y 10/5/79 Inadvertent control actuation 56.2 2-80-20/1T-0 10/10/80 Inadvertent control actuation 56.2 2-80-30/1T-0 12/9/80 Inadvertent control actuation B6.2 2-76-18/1T 4/12/76 Misaligned Systems A2.2, 2.7, 3.3, 5.2 1 2-77-073/03L 12/27/77 Misaligned Systems A2.2, 2.7, 3.3, 5.2 2-78-025/3L 5/12/78 Misaligned Systems A2.2, 2.7, 3.3, 5.2 2-79-45/1T-0 10/24/79 Misaligned Systems A2.2, 2.7, 3.3, 5.2 2-81-22/1T 4/14/81 Misaligned Systems A2.2, 2.7, 3.3, 5.2 2-79-26/1T 6/8/79 Failure. 6to respond to alarm C2.8, C9 .h B-2
-- - - . -. . J - _ __ ,_ , _ . . _ _ _ _..-_._ .,,_._ _ , ,_ _
i l Di Appendix C PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC ENHANCEMENT CRITERIA FOR PEACH BOTTOM APS O f 9
\
PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC _s $ ENHANCEMENT CRITERIA
~~ FOR PEACH BOTTOM APS This criteria has been prepared for the team to use as reference documentation- and guidance when reviewing and commenting on control panel enhancement designs. In addition, it should be used when discussing team approved enhancements with other operators, provided the background rational for the designs as they j It exist.
DESIGN CRITERIA , The objective of any design improvement is to help the operator. ' However ,- since each operator represents a different set of characteristics in terms of knowledge, skills, and experience, it is necessary to define a specific level of operator experience, towards which the improvements are primarily directed, e Criteria: From the point of view of safety, the panels must be designed for that licensed operator with the least experience who will be performing operations.in -the control room. DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS (ENHANCEMENTS) While no particular enhancement can be said to directly affect plant safety, the total ease of operation of the control system can have a significant effect on the errors and omissions of the operator, and the identification and correlation of information which, in turn, directly affect his mental workload and decision l making in high stress emergency operations. I t o Criteria:
- 1. Safety: Those functions performed under high stress, emergency conditions should be supported by enhancements that reduce the mental workload of the operator.
- 2. Reliability: Those functions performed under less stressful conditions that could result in degraded plant performance should be enhanced.
- 3. Deliberate Operation: Those functions that arc performed only under no stress, as deliberate actionc, .
require minimal enhancement. 4 C-1
PANEL TERMINOLOGY
\ \
Terminology refers to the words used on labels and annunciator 1 window legends. Panel terminology must be consistent with the operating procedures. e Criteria:
- 1. Clarity: The words used must clearly indicate the compone nt and function involved.
- 2. Meanino: The words used must be meaningful to the operator without interpretation; words should not be in code.
- 3. Simplicity: Use as few words as possible, consistent with 1 and 2 above.
. Spoken clarity: Operators must use terminology in communications, particularly during noisy, high stress periods of emergency operations. The words selected must not be easily confused under these conditions.
- 5. Use: Operators use names.rather than component ID numbers when communicating during emergency operations.
GROUPINGS Demarcations are used in various forms to group instruments of like functions. When consoles are designed with the majority of controls located on benchboards and indicators on upright portion and vertical boards, the eye coordination between controls and displays is more difficult than with immediately adjacent controls and indicetors. Emergency operations require rapid and accurate coordination between decisions made, actions taken, and feedback received under stressful conditions. Demarcation enhancements, when done in conjunction with hierarchal labeling, can greatly improve this coordination. In many cases groups of functionally related components are not set off by blank spacing; one group runs into another without any visual distinction. Because of changes after the original design and layout, some instruments are not well located with respect to their related group. In order to highlight a group, some rearrangement is necessary. Sometimes it is possible to swap like components, if separation criteria can be met, to obtain better grouping. This eliminates the need to cut new holes and install inserts. O C-2
l l l e Criteria: A ?
~' l. Instrument location: Grouping should help the opera-tor to locate meters and controls quickly and accurate-ly, without resorting to searching labels.
- 2. Coordination: The operator should he aided in ide'ntifying controls and corresponding modification on another part of the panel or on different panels.
~ ~ ' - -
- 3. Logical Arrangements: Instruments should be grouped in logical arrangements that facilitate an understanding of the intent of the group and thereby locating of the proper instrument. ,
. MIMICS e Criteria:
- 1. Simplicity: Mimics should stress simplicity so that they provide the most straightforward reminder to the operator.
- 2. Rapid scan: Operators should be able to rapidly scan mimics and discern the status, particularly when the i systems are performing their primary emergency function.
G
- 3. Alignment: The operator should be aided by the mimic in determining prcper system lineup.
- 4. Relationships: The relationships between mimics, where appropriate, should be enhanced by the mimic arrangement.
- 5. Changes: Enhancements should emphasize improvements to mimic lines and labels, and should minimize changes in locations of controls and indications.
o Applications:
- 1. Used only where needed due to complexity of system or arrangement of controls.
- 2. Paths go through center of controls.
3.. Arrangement shall be physically correct. !
- 4. Same elevation and referencing required for disconti- j nuities.
- 5. Mechanical systems shall be black.
- 6. Electrical bus colors listed in COLOR CONVENTION doc-ument.
7 Symbols made from engraved lamicoid. O C-3
COLORS
-}
Colors can be used effectively to help tie together similar components on a given panel or on different panels. The design of Peach Bottom panels spreads some systems between consoles and vertical panels. Also, some systems are located on more than one console. . e Criteria:
- 1. Consistency: The use of color ~should he consistent throughout the control room. 'The same color can, how-ever, have different meanings in different applications so long as operator confusion does not result.
2.. Color Codes: Colors will not generally be used as specific codes. Colors will not stand alone as the identifier of function but will be used in conjunction with hierarchcal labeling and instrument recognition.
- 3. Color Selection: Colors should have been selected and designated for specific systems they represent. .)
. _ _ __ -. .. .e Applications: _. . _ _ A. Color Fields
- 1) used to highlight instrumentation & controls used during emergencies
- 2) pastel colors .
- 3) approved colors listed in COLOR CONVENTION document B. Colored Outlines
- 1) used to highlight systems important to normal operations
- 2) color selections same as for color fields C. Black Outlines
- 1) used to define functionally related items
- 2) used as needed for highlighting l
i D. Brackets
- 1) used as needed to define groupings of related I &C 1
- 2) black C-4
i e l E. Dividing Lines (Demarcations)
" 1) used as needed to create subgroups
- 2) used as needed to separate unrelated items located in close proximity to each other
- 3) black e
9 6 1 0
- j. -- .
lO f r s O
~
C-5
O wi 2 Appendix D i PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC CRITERIA FOR SIGNIFICANCE OF A HED 1 , I F 1 l 1 l ! O i . . . .
e b$) PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC CRITERIA FOR SIGNIFICANCE OF A HED Assess Impact Upon_ Operator's Ability To Perform Each HED must he assessed based upon its potential for causing error by operators, and the resulting potential impact _ upon . safety... The listed criteria identify the more common categories and causes of human error, but the team is not limited to only these items in its considerations. Assessment Process ' The significance can best he determined by the combined professional judgement of the team applying their specific areas of expertise. Each team member will make his own judgement using the attached checklist. The checklist is an abbreviation of the criteria, discussed below, including an overall significance rating for the HED. This criteria is intended to help team members in evaluating the potential operational significance and seriousness of a HED. Each HED should be considered for possible
. interactions with other HEDs as well as individually.
The team will then review the member's impacts and obtain a consensus. If no consensus can be obtained, the team should DF vote. The resulting rating of significance and seriousness of the HED will then be used in conjunction with the four priority I statements listed under Determination of Safety significance when assigning a priority to the HED. Criteria , l The list is divided into three major categories: Physical l Performance, Sensory / Perceptual Performance, Mental Performance. I Each category is subdivided into'the areas of performance that I make up each category. In turn, each subcategory indicates typical contributors to degraded performance. In evaluating the , impact of a discrepancy, any one cause may have a major impact or it may have a very minor impact. Minor impacts in more than one area of performance, however, may combine to cause a discrepancy having a greater impact on operator performance. When major I categories combine,.there is a potential for greater seriousness. b l
@)4 D-1
a '. ( h PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE
- 1. Reduction of ef fectiveness of the operator's body and mind caused by:
- a. Undue fatigue:
(1) Duration of operation (2) Frequency of demands (3) Environmental conditions
- b. Discomfort:
(1) Working conditions , (2) Resting conditions
- c. Inj ury l
- 2. Restriction of the operator's ability to perform:
- a. Control suitability
- h. - Availability B. SENSORY / PERCEPTUAL PERFORMANCE
- 1. Reduction in visual sensing:
- a. Visibility of instrument or information: .
, (1) Meters and controls (2) Labels and legends (3) Scales and units. (4) Displays
- h. Readability of information:
(1) Labels and legends (2) Scales and units (3) Displays
- c. Visual distractions:
(1) Cluttered presentations (2) Lack of differentiation (3) Excessive information
~
D-2
i l l l
- 2. Impairment of audio reception:
- a. Audibility
- 5. Noise level
- 3. Perception of information received visually or audibly:
- a. Identification of information sought:
(1) Easily recognizable (2) Differentiated from other information (3) Expected location or arrangement
- b. Understandable information:
(1) Terminology succinct (2) Useful form C MENTAL PERFORMANCE
- 1. The degree of stress:
- a. Rapidity of response required
- b. Severity of situation (emergency procedure) t
- c. Accuracy of response required
- 2. The tendency to cause confusica4_.
%7: , g-
- a. Misleading information or arrangement
- b. Complexity:
(1) Manipulations (2) Displays (3) Procedures
- 3. Mental workload:
- a. The degree of information collection requirements:
(1) Proximity to operator's location (2) organization for easy identification h
~
D-3
l i ff) b. Correlation of information: (1) Status of systems / components
. (2) Alignment of systems (3) Effects of one system on another
- c. Mental manipulations:
(1) Recall of detailed information (2) Perform calculations , (3) Transposition / conversion of units
- d. Evaluation and decision:
(1) Effective guidance (2) Sequential or parallel
- 4. Coordination with others in or outside control room: ,
- a. Absence / remote location of information or controls
() h. Delay of feedback information .
- c. Interaction with other systems 43' e
6 9 G D-4
n J)
' DETERMINATION OF SAFETY SIGNIFICANCE In assigning the safety significance of a HED found to be significant, the combined judgement of the team is needed in consideration of the specific condition caused by the HED or a combination of HEDs. The team members should consider the following:
- 1. HEDs that cause errors on systems that directly effect safety such as:
- a. Engineered safety features ,
- b. Resctor coolant and protection systems
- c. Containment isolation and control systems
- d. Emergency core cooling systems and their support systems
- e. Auxiliary feed systems
- e. Systems for monitoring the course of accidents and the availability of safety related systems
- f. Reactor control systems
- g. Off gas isolation systems
~
- 2. The potential for violation of technical specifications.
- 3. HEDs that are known to have 'aused c errorr, that will lead to unsafe operation.
- 4. HEDs that could cause the inadvertant activation or deactivation of a safety related system or a system needed to safely shutdown the plant.
D-5
L Appendix E TEAM BRIEF FOR TASK ANALYSIS y*#*
. J
( f
l h'6 TEAM BRIEF FOR TASK ANALYSIS The task analysis will be performed by the team using the Peach Bottom Transient Response Information Plan (TRIP) proce-dures. The analysis is divided into two distinct phases. The first phase determines the REQUIREMENTS for panel instruments and controls to support the TRIP. The strond is a VERIFICATION that the available panel instruments and centrols meet the requirements of the first phase. REQUIREMENTS PHASE In this phase of the analysis, the team must establish the requirements for control room panels to support TRIP. To do this, team members are asked not to think of the controls and instru-ments that exist in the control room,. but to concentrate on systems requirements and actions. Think in terms of what the systems are doing and what is required'to be done in the systems. Operators will find it difficult not to think of the control room components, with which they are familiar, but should understood that the existing components might not be exactly what is needed for a specific step. Not all indications provided are used for a particular operation, and sometimes additional indications could help. in controlling the plant. Do not limit your contribution to what is available. ( t - The team should realize that what is said during the task analysis is not final. Although the analysis lists a requirement not now provided on the panels, this does not necessarily mean that it will be provided later. Further study may show that, a listed requirement is not needed. On the other hand, not specifying the need for an instrument on a particular operation does not mean that an existing instrument will be removed. This analysis must be a best atte'mpt to specify the CHARACTERISTICS of instruments required for each specific step, based upon the team's combined experience and expertise. This analysis phase must be independent of what already exists. VERIFICATION In this phase the team 'is asked to reverse its previous cpproach, and think of what exists in the control room. For this phase, the team will have control panel prints and other informa-tion and listings for reference. The team may have access to the control room for this phase. The intent in the VERIFICATION phase to ensure that what does exist in the control room meets all is the REQUIREMENTS specified in the first phase of the analysis. By comparing what exists with what is required, we can identify any in problems with the control room instrumentation and controls support of performing the TRIP procedures.
- 'h E-1 _ _ - _ . . .. -
I3v PROCEDURE FOR ANALYSIS The method to he used in the first phase of the task analysis will consist of reading each step of the TRIP and then specifying what actions must be taken to carry out the step. Where the~ opera-tor will need information, the team will specify the characteris- __ _ _ tics of.the information needed. For example, each TRIP sequence has initiating cues, all of which must he specified. Each action consists of two parts: taking the action that alters the system, and receiving the feedback indication that lets the operator know that the action was successful. Both parts must be discussed for each action. - Because the TRIP procedures give only general direction, the team must fill in the specific actions to he taken in performing each TRIP step. This will involve recording each valve that must be manipulated, each pump that must be controlled, and each indication that must be read in order'to perform the operation specified in the TRIP sequence. Any other procedures referred to in the TRIP will be reviewed to determine if they must also be included in the analysis. As each step is listed on the form, the team will assume there are only two types of activities for the operatgr: either he O,> must obtain information, or he must take action. Decision points usually require the operator to obtain information. Also, the word " verify" will be assumed to mean action, since any verifica-tion process that reveals a control or parameter not in the correct state, then requires the operator take the action that will put it in the correct state. For an item verified not correct, the action to be taken must be stated. In general, decision points in the flow diagram will take the NO option. In some cases, there will be a short branch where an action is required under the YES and'NO options. In' order to be thorough, the team will first assume a YES and take that action, then backtrack and assume a NO to continue the worst case flow path. . When specifying the range required for meters, the team should address only the range of readings expected for ,that specific step, not the whole range of the meter. The term
" resolution" refers to how accusately the operator must be able to read the scale. Generally, if a fairly wide range of readings are acceptable, the scale will not require high resolution. .In other cases, a fine resolution may be required. The scale should provide enough resolution to allow the operator to perform the specific step under consideration. The resolution is usually given in + or - numbers. If an absolute limit is'. involved so that m.,
the operator must know when that limit is reached, it must be made
-x clear in our response.
6. E-2
'A
.~ During the verification, the team will determine the availa-bility of specific controls and instruments in the control room that meet defined requirements. In addition, the team will consider the suitability of the component identified. The component must be suitable in location, type, and arrangement. For example, some controls might be separated from the necessary feedback display so that the operator cannot reasonably observe the results of his actions. Or, because of angle of view, it may be difficult to read some displays. In some cases the needed information may be widely dispersed making the operation difficult. To aid the team in recognizing some of these suitability considerations, Task Analysis Guidelines a're attached. l These guidelines are intended for frequent reference by team l members during the verification phase. After the team considers the availability and suitability of control room components for each requirement established in the first phase, a final judgement will be made. Either the selected component will be marked as satisfactory, or a human engineering discrepancy (HED) will be written. The HED will then be investi-gated and processed in the same manner as all other HEDs generated during the Control Room Design Review. l t l [ I l(2) i l 1 E-3
m.; i Appendix F KEY TO TASK ANALYSIS WORK SHEET %./ t e
'-_d
e 9 =
'N KEY TO wh TASK ANALYSIS WORK SHEET TAS,,,E The task being analyzed will be identified at the top left of the worksheet (TASK: ) using Peach Bottom procedure titles.
The Step Number (STEP NO.), and DESIRED ACTION for each task being analyzed will also be taken from the actual Peach Bottom procedure. The team will first list the step numbers'under STEP NO., and the primary actions in the Desired Action column. The team will then fill in any secondary actions, or substeps, that i are required to perform the step. A sample entry for this section, with "a" and "b" indicating substeps, is: STEP DESIRED NO. ACTION 1 Entry condition for T-lcl detected? (No) 2 Verify Scram
- a. verify control rod insertion
- b. verify power
- ' decreasing This section might also include such information as: e Regulate feed flow to reactor e obtain level between 12" & 54" e Stop pump; Start pump e Initiate flow; Stop flow e De-energize bus; Energize bus REQUIREMENTS CHARACTERISTICS: This section lists the characteristics of actions or infor-
.mation for each task item. The headings and example entries are listed below:
CODE will be one of the following: I - Information the operator must have to determine the need to perform the task step. A - Action taken by operator to control the systems. F - Feedback information the operator must have to verify the step was performed successfully. !( ) F-1
TYPE ACTION or PARAMETER: (salGet one CS sppropricts) Action: Dirscrete, Continuous, Adjust, Set I) Parameter: Level, Flow, Position, etc. Pressure, Tempe ra ture , STATE or DYNAMIC characteristics of parameters or actions: (select one as appropriate) Action State: Closed, Open, Trip, Run, Stop Parameters: Fast Increase, Slow Decrease, Steady, Long Term Trend, Monitor of POSITION or RANGE refers to the immedia'te INDICATION action indication or parameter range of readings required: (select one as appropriate)* Action Indication: Open, Closed, On, Off, etc. Parameters: Range between which the parameter may vary for this specific step. SCALE RESOLUTION (SCALE RESOL.) refers only to the parameter reading resolution of the scale, usually expressed in +/- units. RESPONSE refers to the speed of response required of the operator in determining the parameter or taking the action: Rapid - Under time pressure Deliberate - Considered but timely action or reading required () Analyze - No time constraints to consider reading or action NOTES: each page and Notes will be numbered consecutively for filled in below. I e
/
l O
'F-2
O) m VERIFICATION the This phase of the task analysis is used to verify that first phase have requirement characteristics defined in the and that the corresponding instruments in the control room, the operator. This phase instuments are suitable for use by continues the entries on the form under the headings Availability ~~ - -- and suitability. .The following entries are made on this form. AVAILABILITY: TYPE) will identify the kind of COMPONENT TYPE (COMP. control room instrument that has been selected from the inventory, such as: Meter, analog Meter, digital Control switch Control pushbutton Annunciator alarm Light INDICATION POSITION or RANGE lists the actual position indi-
~
cation or meter range on the panel. {) SCALE RESOLUTION (SCALE RESOL.) indicates the actual resolu-tion available on the existing scale. ID # will list the component identification number. PNL # will list the panel on which the instrument is loca-ted. SUITABILITY: the Suitability section, the team will record its In on the suitability of the instrument for use by the judgement and operator. Location and relationship to other instruments If coordination of between controls and associated indications.
- control room team members is required, the review will determine if that interaction is consistent with control room organization and mode of operation.
(such information is appropriately noted The attached guidelines will in the Comments and Note sections.) them in. performing the he referred to by the team to aid ~ on suitability deliberations. The team will reach a conclusion each item and the last column will be checked either Satisfactory or indicate the need for a HED. If any aspect of suitability is considered not acceptable, a HED must he prepared. 1 l
~
F-3 i i
b. A check in the satisfactory column will also indicate that the availability is considered to be satisfactory. Therefore, this' column indicates overall verification for each line entry. Comments will be entered if appropriate. Numbers in parenthesis will refer to notes below. A note is mandatory for all entries requiring a HED. 9 i I r V3 ,x 1 4 I'
. , ' p .:
l l l l l l ) i ' i l F-4
{:) sv Appendix G TASK ANALYSIS GUIDELINES .O
% ) ou +
r. O S., 4 1 l l
TASK ANALYSIS GUIDELINES The primary purpose of t.he task analysis is to ensure that 6111ab controls and displays needed to perform the Emergency 6511bc
)
c11 Operating Procedures are present and suitable. 6512ab The word " suitable" means: e They facilitate operator actions by location, arrangement, and identifiability, and design. e The operators are not overloaded by the requirements of controls a6d indications in performing the procedures under stressful conditions. A secondary purpose of the task analysis is to analyze certain minor operational sequences that require operator and engineering judgement to determine their ruitability for either normal or emergency operations. (The numbers in the right hand column are NUREG 0700 references.) i GUIDANCE The following general guidance is provided for reference by . the team during the task analysis. GENERAL PANEL PRINCIPLES e The controls and displays minimize operator movement by 6811 appropriate grouping. 6821 6921a e No redundancy unless required for backup or to avoid 6511d excess movement. s-e Controls and displays are in the primary work area if 6111b required for continuous monitoring or critical timing. e Manning provides timely coverage'of controls during emer- 6112 gency operations - no extra personnel needed. e Procedures terminology should be consistent with panel 6514e labels. 6633e General dimensions of work station: o lateral viewing angle 45 deg. 6122e2 e lateral spread no more than 6 ft. 6122f e Vertical panels - instruments frequently used or require precise readino or settino: Controls 53 inches above floor 6125a'. lj ) Displays 65 inches above floor 612 5 t . . G-1
CONTROL / DISPLAY RELATIONSHIPS e The arrangement of controls and related displays is 6911e clearly identifiable, m [j) e Controls and displays that are normally used together are 6911a located in close proximity. e Control movement should have apparent display feedback in 6932s sufficient time under expected dynamic conditions, e Controls that have a display response lag should have an 6931c immediate feedback of the process and direction of para-
. _ _ _ _. _ meter change. __
e Annunciator windows are located above related controls 6331a and indications. , CONTROL PRINCIPLES e Provides sufficient range of' control. 6422a e Provides sufficient precision (but not excess precision) 6932ac within limits of dexterity, coordination, and reaction time, o Multiple ' controls related to the same function grouped 6921a together, e Controls used in the blind are identifiable visually and 6422d (7 s) tactually and have separation. 6441c DISPLAY PRINCIPLES e Scales consistent with accuracy needed. 6512a e Operator does not have to convert readings. 6512h e Scales cover the range needed. 6512d e Multipliers should he avoided if possible. 6512e e Multiple displays related to the same general function 6921a should he grouped together. e Displays to be compared should have compatible numerical 6515d progression and organization.
~' '
o Recorders: c e Generally should show trends or provide information for 65419 later reference.
. e Channels clearly identified. 6 54 2 h:-
I
- 663Ra
\~-) e Located in operating area if required. 6541h l .
G-2
Q 6: Appendix H VALIDATION DATA COLLECTION FORMS i v,_p-i j (
,#~ \
l
VALIDATION PROCEDURE g. The validation is a final check on the overall control room
- design review (CRDR) process. It will be conducted as a'real time usin'g mockup with the proposed changes and walkthrough the enhancements that resulted from the CRDR. The validation brings to togetherall~ aspects of the control room improvement program all work together and to ensure that all determine how they improvements are integrated.
as The Peach' Bottom emergency TRIP procedures will be used The prescribed number of qualified the walkthrough procedures. work together using the normal team operating operators will They will walk through the organization for TRIP procedures. procedures in a controlled manner under the direction of the CRDR , i team. Operators and observers will be briefed prior to the start of the validation process to familiarize them with the method-l ology of a walk /talkthrough. The following major points will be 4 covered:
- 1. Operators should describe each of their actions they take including any mental calculations or conversion. (See attached.)
- 2. Emphasis must be placed on describing how plant status is determined and how transients are recognized.
- 3. Operators or CRDR team members should stop the validation or at any time to identify and discuss any difficulties confusion factors with any aspect of the procedures, together to panels, and displays or how they all fit support safe operation of,the plant.
- 4. CRDR team members determine can stop the action at any time to the reason for an action, or clarify a point, to ask "what if" questions.
l( } H-1 )
a The performance of each procedure should be conducted as
)
near to real time as possible to obtain a realistic understanding of the physical and cognitive loading, recognizing that there will be interruptions. While this process cannot duplicate' actual plant operations, the experience of the operators will be brought out more effectively if there is some time factor involved. DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE , Each operator will be observed by a dedicated member of the CRDR team to record movements and comments. Members of the CRDR team will follow all the action and will record their own obser-i vations. Records will be kept during the course of the procedure walkthrough. After each walkthrough the operators and CRDR team f will assemble to critique the walkthrough. The emphas,is of the
'h critique will be to draw out the operator's thoughts regarding the adequacy of the panel arrangements / interrelationships, and to 6
identify the difficulties noted but not already mentioned. The l CRDR team members will also have the opportunity to ask any other questions they may have. The data will be collected using the operator activity and comment sheets (see attached). The activity sheet will record the movement patterns of all operators, identify the relative length of time spent on each group of activities, record coordi-nation among operators, and record communications with other 3 plant operators. The . comment sheet will be a chronological record of comments by the CRDR team observer. Comments and notes will be recorded at any time on any subject desired by the team member. Comments- are not limited to discrepancies, but are
.H-2
R d Y , i; to be rough notes to be used for later interpreta-intended sheets will be cued to the procedure by step f) tion. Both these number as listed on the TRIP procedures. A checklist will be used following each walkthrough to guide the critique (see attached). Discussions sre not limited to the but the list will be use to ensure that items on the checklist, from the NUREG 0700 checklists are covered. some key items recorded at the bottom of the Critique comments 'will be , checklist. (a~3
@ l 1
H-3
CRITIQUE CHECKLIST Proceduret (A{
};
For the following statements indicate whether they were satisfac-tory (SAT) or a problem (PROB) in this procedure. Comment at the end of the checklist on any statements marked as a problem:
. SAT / PROB
- 1. Control room manning provides timely coverage of controls and displays.
- 2. Control and display arrangements minimize operator movement.
- 3. Required controls and displays are in the primary work area. .
4.;Co,ntrols and displays:
- a. Clearly and easily identifiable.
- b. Related functions grouped together.
- c. Easy to relate groups of displays with related groups of controls.
- d. Functions are clearly related between panels.
- e. Feedback from display should be apparent for a deliberate control movement.
- 5. Display scales:
- a. Consistent with precision and accuracy needed.
( ) b. Cover ranges needed,
- c. Easy to read, d.' Readings do not have to be converted.
- e. Easy to make comparative readings.
- 6. Mimics and symbols aid in finding' controls.
- 7. Procedures:
- a. Easy to follow.
- b. Branch instructions clear.
- c. Action requirements clear and with adequate detail.
- d. Next step is clearly indicated, no dead ends.
- e. Cautions and notes provided where needed.
COMMENTS r~g . V ( H-4 1 l
O O WALK THROUGH COMMENTS PEACH BOTTOM UNIT 2 TRIP Task: Date:
. Step No. . Comment /D ./
l 9 l 'O H-5 l
INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATOR ACTIVITY FORM out one sheet for each operator job position for each Fill ~} procedure walkthrough. Mark the starting location of the operator with numeral one, corresponding to step one in the procedure. Put the numeral in the column that is under the panel he first moves When the operator moves to another to in performing that step. to panel, draw a horizontal line to the column under the panel which he moves, and list the number of the step (s) performed at that location. Continue to trace his motion between panels back moving down as necessary to avoid and forth across the sheet, overlapping lines. At each panel, indicated the steps performed at that time. If the operator moves to a panel only momentarily, and then moves to another panel, merely trace his path and note the step If the operator dwells number at the panel or panels performed. {} or to perform at a panel to make adjustments, obtain feedback, more involved manipulations, circle the step number (s) performed at that location to indicate a relatively longer period of time. A circle on this form will indicate a longer activity period (in the excess of one minute.) Where neveral steps are performed at circle all the step numbers same location without movement away, to indicate a longer period of time. activity diagram whenever the operator Annotate the another operator to perform a step by listing coordinates with the operator's code with whom he coordinated. If the coordination is lengthy, more than a few words, circle the code to indicate involvement. If the operator uses an intercom or other l longer O H-6
SI A C P P O I I l I l I I F I-D A C I S . C . C E 0 C I I I 1 Y T T C I EI V L I E T C I A' l I I I i i l I i 1 I R l Ii O T , A R E P A O D 4 I, D l,
> A R v n
r s C n r C E . I I, n . I r R n O C A i, I I, - E n R n U u _ T r D o _ E r E E
- T r Di n
n C o C C l l, =a l ' i ; ! !l . 1 I1 1
to talk to an operator outside the control room, communication use a code to indicate the operator with whom he coordinated. f Again, if the communication is relatively lengthy, circle the code. Operator Codes: CO Chief Operator ACO Assistant Chief Operator SUP Supervisor PO Any Plant Operator HP Health Physics CHM Chemistry Normal direction from the supervisor reading out the procedure steps need not be recorded. The results of the activity recording should resemble a graph from a pen recorder. O w}}